MacVim Snapshot 154

Vim patch 8.1.873

Targets macOS 10.8+

General:

- MacVim binary is now signed by a Developer ID (#517). This makes it
  easier to download and run the app without security warnings.
    - This also fixes an issue where invoking external programs via
      `:!open` was slow in Mojave. #763
- Ruby version has been updated from 2.5 to 2.6.

Fixes:

- Scrollbars are no longer misplaced when resizing window #827
- Fix rendering performance issues for commands (e.g. `:version`,
  `:echo`, or `:!`) that echo text in Mojave #840
- MacVim now properly asks for permission to use AppleEvent (ODB Editor
  Suite requires that to work) #822
- Fix borderless window mode in pre-Mojave versions #828

Script interfaces have compatibility with these versions:

- Lua 5.3
- Perl 5.18
- Python2 2.7
- Python3 3.7
- Ruby 2.6

.gitignore

@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ src/testdir/dostmp/*
 src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
+runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
 src/memfile_test
 src/json_test
 src/message_test

.travis.yml

@@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ sudo: false
 
 script:
   - set -e
+  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OSX_IMAGE" = "xcode8.3" ]; then brew reinstall --build-from-source ruby; fi
   - echo "Configuring MacVim" && echo -en "travis_fold:start:config\\r"
   - NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
   - ./configure $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing

Filelist

@@ -7,15 +7,17 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
 		appveyor.yml \
+		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		src/Make_all.mak \
-		src/appveyor.bat \
 		src/README.txt \
 		src/alloc.h \
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
 		src/ascii.h \
+		src/autocmd.c \
 		src/beval.c \
 		src/beval.h \
+		src/blob.c \
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
 		src/channel.c \
@@ -47,6 +49,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/gui_beval.c \
 		src/hardcopy.c \
 		src/hashtab.c \
+		src/indent.c \
 		src/json.c \
 		src/json_test.c \
 		src/kword_test.c \
@@ -81,16 +84,18 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
 		src/sha256.c \
-		src/structs.h \
+		src/sign.c \
 		src/spell.c \
 		src/spell.h \
 		src/spellfile.c \
+		src/structs.h \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
 		src/term.c \
 		src/terminal.c \
 		src/term.h \
 		src/termlib.c \
+		src/textprop.c \
 		src/ui.c \
 		src/undo.c \
 		src/userfunc.c \
@@ -143,7 +148,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/protodef.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
+		src/proto/autocmd.pro \
 		src/proto/beval.pro \
+		src/proto/blob.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
@@ -169,6 +176,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/gui_beval.pro \
 		src/proto/hardcopy.pro \
 		src/proto/hashtab.pro \
+		src/proto/indent.pro \
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
@@ -191,6 +199,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/screen.pro \
 		src/proto/search.pro \
 		src/proto/sha256.pro \
+		src/proto/sign.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
 		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
@@ -198,6 +207,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/term.pro \
 		src/proto/terminal.pro \
 		src/proto/termlib.pro \
+		src/proto/textprop.pro \
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
@@ -330,8 +340,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/gui_x11_pm.h \
 		src/hangulin.c \
 		src/if_xcmdsrv.c \
-		src/integration.c \
-		src/integration.h \
 		src/link.sh \
 		src/installman.sh \
 		src/installml.sh \
@@ -354,7 +362,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/proto/if_xcmdsrv.pro \
 		src/proto/os_unix.pro \
 		src/proto/pty.pro \
-		src/proto/workshop.pro \
 		src/pty.c \
 		src/testdir/Makefile \
 		src/testdir/unix.vim \
@@ -364,10 +371,6 @@ SRC_UNIX =	\
 		src/vimtutor \
 		src/gvimtutor \
 		src/which.sh \
-		src/workshop.c \
-		src/workshop.h \
-		src/wsdebug.c \
-		src/wsdebug.h \
 		src/tee/Makefile \
 		src/xxd/Makefile \
 
@@ -473,8 +476,8 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
 		nsis/gvim.nsi \
 		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
-		nsis/vimrc.ini \
 		nsis/README.txt \
+		nsis/lang/*.nsi \
 		uninstal.txt \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.h \
@@ -513,8 +516,7 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
 		src/xpm/x86/lib-vc14/libXpm.lib \
-		nsis/icons/*.bmp \
-		nsis/icons/*.ico \
+		nsis/icons.zip \
 
 # source files for Amiga, DOS, etc. (also in the extra archive)
 SRC_AMI_DOS =	\
@@ -662,6 +664,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/matchit.txt \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/autoload/*.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim \

Makefile

@@ -32,14 +32,26 @@ first:
 
 # Some make programs use the last target for the $@ default; put the other
 # targets separately to always let $@ expand to "first" by default.
-all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests unittests testclean clean distclean:
+all install uninstall tools config configure reconfig proto depend lint tags types test scripttests test_libvterm unittests testclean clean distclean:
 	@if test ! -f src/auto/config.mk; then \
 		cp src/config.mk.dist src/auto/config.mk; \
 	fi
 	@echo "Starting make in the src directory."
 	@echo "If there are problems, cd to the src directory and run make there"
 	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
+	@# When the target is "test" also run the indent tests.
+	@if test "$@" = "test"; then \
+		$(MAKE) indenttest; \
+	fi
 
+# Executable used for running the indent tests.
+VIM_FOR_INDENTTEST = ../../src/vim
+
+indenttest:
+	cd runtime/indent && \
+		$(MAKE) clean VIM="$(VIM_FOR_INDENTTEST)" && \
+		$(MAKE) test VIM="$(VIM_FOR_INDENTTEST)"
+		
 
 #########################################################################
 # 2. Creating the various distribution files.
@@ -193,6 +205,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - Make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up (get it from a previous Vim
 #   version).  Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe there.
 # - go to ../nsis and do:
+#   > unzip icons.zip
 #   > makensis gvim.nsi  (takes a few minutes).
 #      ignore warning for libwinpthread-1.dll
 # - Copy gvim##.exe to the dist directory.
@@ -456,11 +469,12 @@ dosrt_files: dist prepare no_title.vim
 	-rm $(IN_README_DIR)
 	mv dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime/* dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	rmdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/runtime
-# Add the message translations.  Trick: skip ja.mo and use ja.sjis.mo instead.
-# Same for cs.mo / cs.cp1250.mo, pl.mo / pl.cp1250.mo, sk.mo / sk.cp1250.mo,
-# zh_CN.mo / zh_CN.cp936.mo, uk.mo / uk.cp1251.mo and ru.mo / ru.cp1251.mo.
+# Add the message translations.  Trick: skip ja.mo/ja.euc-jp.mo and use
+# ja.sjis.mo instead.  Same for cs.mo / cs.cp1250.mo, pl.mo / pl.cp1250.mo,
+# sk.mo / sk.cp1250.mo, zh_CN.mo / zh_CN.cp936.mo, uk.mo / uk.cp1251.mo and
+# ru.mo / ru.cp1251.mo.
 	for i in $(LANG_DOS); do \
-	      if test "$$i" != "src/po/ja.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/pl.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/cs.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/sk.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/zh_CN.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/ru.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/uk.mo"; then \
+	      if test "$$i" != "src/po/ja.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/ja.euc-jp.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/pl.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/cs.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/sk.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/zh_CN.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/ru.mo" -a "$$i" != "src/po/uk.mo"; then \
 		n=`echo $$i | sed -e "s+src/po/\([-a-zA-Z0-9_]*\(.UTF-8\)*\)\(.sjis\)*\(.cp1250\)*\(.cp1251\)*\(.cp936\)*.mo+\1+"`; \
 		mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n; \
 		mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n/LC_MESSAGES; \

appveyor.yml

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ before_build:
   - 'set INCLUDE=%INCLUDE%C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\8.1\Include\um'
 
 build_script:
-  - src/appveyor.bat
+  - ci/appveyor.bat
 
 test_script:
   - cd src/testdir

ci/appveyor.bat

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ cd %APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER%
 cd src
 echo "Building MinGW 32bit console version"
 set PATH=c:\msys64\mingw32\bin;%PATH%
-mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak GUI=no OPTIMIZE=speed IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak GUI=no OPTIMIZE=speed IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 :: Save vim.exe before Make clean, moved back below.
 copy vim.exe testdir
 mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak clean
@@ -16,24 +16,24 @@ mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak clean
 :: with specified features without python.
 echo "Building MinGW 32bit GUI version"
 if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed CHANNEL=yes GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed CHANNEL=yes GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 ) ELSE (
-    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    mingw32-make.exe -f Make_ming.mak OPTIMIZE=speed GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 )
 .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_ming.txt
 
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit console Version"
 sed -e "s/\$(LINKARGS2)/\$(LINKARGS2) | sed -e 's#.*\\\\r.*##'/" Make_mvc.mak > Make_mvc2.mak
-nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=no IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak clean
 
 :: build MSVC huge version with python and channel support
 :: GUI needs to be last, so that testing works
 echo "Building MSVC 64bit GUI Version"
 if "%FEATURE%" == "HUGE" (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak DIRECTX=yes CPU=AMD64 CHANNEL=yes OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak DIRECTX=yes CPU=AMD64 CHANNEL=yes OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no PYTHON_VER=27 DYNAMIC_PYTHON=yes PYTHON=C:\Python27-x64 PYTHON3_VER=35 DYNAMIC_PYTHON3=yes PYTHON3=C:\Python35-x64 FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 ) ELSE (
-    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes MBYTE=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
+    nmake -f Make_mvc2.mak CPU=AMD64 OLE=no GUI=yes IME=yes ICONV=yes DEBUG=no FEATURES=%FEATURE% || exit 1
 )
 .\gvim -u NONE -c "redir @a | ver |0put a | wq" ver_msvc.txt
 

nsis/README.txt

@@ -67,6 +67,11 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 Install NSIS if you didn't do that already.
 Also install UPX, if you want a compressed file.
 
+Unpack the images:
+	cd nsis
+	unzip icons.zip
+
 To build then, enter:
 
+	cd nsis
 	makensis gvim.nsi

nsis/lang/danish.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# danish.nsi: Danish language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1030
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : scootergrisen
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Danish"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_DANISH}         "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_DANISH}         "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Destinationsmappe (skal slutte med $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vis README efter installationen er gennemført"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_DANISH}     "Typisk"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_DANISH}     "Minimal"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fuld"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Afinstaller eksisterende version(er)"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_DANISH}     "Afinstaller eksisterende Vim-version(er) fra dit system."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim GUI og afviklingsfiler"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim GUI-eksekverbare- og afviklingsfiler. Komponenten kræves."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim-konsolprogram"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_DANISH}     "Konsolversion af Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret .bat-filer"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret .bat-filer til Vim-varianter i Windows-mappen til brug fra kommandolinjen."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret ikoner til Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret ikoner til Vim diverse steder for at hjælpe med at gøre adgangen let."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_DANISH}     "På skrivebordet"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret ikoner til gVim-eksekverbare på skrivebordet."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_DANISH}     "I Programmer-mappen i menuen Start"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Tilføj Vim i Programmer-mappen i menuen Start."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_DANISH}     "I værktøjslinjen Hurtig start"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_DANISH}     "Tilføj Vim-genvej i værktøjslinjen Hurtig start."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_DANISH}     "Tilføj Vim-genvejsmenu"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Tilføj Vim til listen i $\"Åbn med...$\"-genvejsmenuen."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_DANISH}     "32-bit-version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Tilføj Vim til listen i $\"Åbn med...$\"-genvejsmenuen for 32-bit-programmer."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_DANISH}     "64-bit-version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Tilføj Vim til listen i $\"Åbn med...$\"-genvejsmenuen for 64-bit-programmer."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret standardkonfiguration"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret en standardkonfigurationsfil (_vimrc) hvis der ikke allerede findes en."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper. Plugin-mapper giver mulighed for at udvide Vim ved at slippe en fil i en mappen."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Private"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i HOME-mappen."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Delte"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Opret plugin-mapper i Vim-installationsmappe, det bruges af alle på systemet."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "VisVim-udvidelser"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_DANISH}     "VisVim-udvidelser til integrering i Microsoft Visual Studio."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Understøttelse af modersmål"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_DANISH}     "Installer filer til understøttelse af modersmål."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Afregistrer Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Afregistrer Vim fra systemet."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern Vim-eksekverbare-/afviklingsfiler"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern alle Vim-eksekverbare- og afviklingsfiler."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapper"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapperne hvis de er tomme."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_DANISH}    "Privat"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapperne fra HOME-mappen."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_DANISH}     "Delte"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern plugin-mapperne fra Vim-installationsmappen."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern Vim-rodmappen"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fjern Vim-rodmappen. Den indeholder dine Vim-konfigurationsfiler!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Fandt $vim_old_ver_count Vim-versioner på dit system.$\r$\nInstallationsguiden kan højst håndtere ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER}-versioner.$\r$\nFjern venligst nogle versioner og start igen."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Ugyldig installationssti: $vim_install_root!$\r$\nDen skal slutte med $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Uoverensstemmelse i binære sti!$\r$\n$\r$\nForventede at den binære sti var $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\nmen systemet indikerer at den binære sti er $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim kører stadig på dit system.$\r$\nLuk venligst alle instanser af Vim inden du fortsætter."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Forsøger at registrere Vim med OLE. Der er ingen meddelelse til at indikere om det virker eller ej."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Forsøger at afregistrere Vim med OLE. Der er ingen meddelelse til at indikere om det virker eller ej."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Afinstallerer følgende version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Kunne ikke afinstallere følgende version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Kan ikke finde registreringsdatabasenøgle for afinstallationsguiden."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Kan ikke finde afinstallationsguiden fra registreringsdatabasen."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_DANISH}     "Kan ikke tilgå afinstallationsguide."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Kunne ikke kopiere afinstallationsguide til midlertidig mappe."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Kunne ikke køre afinstallationsguide."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_DANISH}     "Installationsguiden vil afbryde."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Installationen mislykkedes. Bedre held næste gang."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Nogle filer i $0 er ikke blevet slettet!$\r$\nDu skal gøre det manuelt."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_DANISH}     "ADVARSEL: Kan ikke fjerne $\"$vim_install_root$\", den er ikke tom!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_DANISH}     "Afinstallerer den gamle version..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_DANISH}     "Registrerer..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_DANISH}     "Afregistrerer..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vælg _vimrc-indstillinger"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vælg indstillingerne til forbedring, tastatur og mus."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_DANISH}     " Vi- / Vim-opførsel "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_DANISH}     "&Kompatibilitet og forbedringer"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vi-kompatibel"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim original"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim med nogle forbedringer (indlæs defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_DANISH}     "Vim med alle forbedringer (indlæs vimrc_example.vim) (standard)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_DANISH}     " Tilknytninger "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_DANISH}     "&Gentilknyt nogle få taster (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F osv.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_DANISH}     "Gentilknyt ikke taster (standard)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_DANISH}     "Gentilknyt nogle få taster til Windows"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_DANISH}     " Mus "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_DANISH}     "&Opførsel af højre og venstre knapper"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_DANISH}     "Højre: genvejsmenu, venstre: visuel tilstand (standard)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_DANISH}     "Højre: genvejsmenu, venstre: vælg-tilstand (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_DANISH}     "Højre: udvider markering, venstre: visuel tilstand (Unix)"

nsis/lang/dutch.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# dutch.nsi : Dutch language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1043
+# Locale Name  : nl
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Peter Odding <peter@peterodding.com>
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Dutch"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Doelmap (moet eindigen op $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "README weergeven na installatie"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Gebruikelijk"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Minimaal"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Volledig"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Bestaande versie(s) de-installeren"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Bestaande Vim versie(s) van je systeem verwijderen."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim GUI"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim GUI uitvoerbare bestanden en runtime bestanden.  Dit component is vereist."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim console programma"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Console versie van Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer .bat bestanden"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer .bat bestanden voor Vim varianten in de Windows map voor \
+     commando regel gebruik."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer pictogrammen for Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer pictogrammen voor Vim op verschillende locaties voor gemakkelijke toegang."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Op het bureaublad"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer pictogrammen voor Vim uitvoerbare bestanden op het bureaublad."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "In de Programma's map in het start menu"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Voeg Vim toe aan de programma's map in het start menu.  \
+     Van toepassing op Windows 95 en later."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "In de snel starten balk"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Voeg Vim snelkoppeling toe aan de snel starten balk."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Voeg Vim contextmenu toe"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Voeg Vim toe aan de $\"Openen met...$\" contextmenu lijst."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "32-bit versie"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Voeg Vim toe aan de $\"Openen met...$\" contextmenu lijst \
+#     voor 32-bit toepassingen."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "64-bit versie"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Voeg Vim toe aan de $\"Openen met...$\" contextmenu lijst \
+#     voor 64-bit toepassingen."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer standaard configuratie"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer een standaard configuratie bestand (_vimrc) als er nog geen bestaat."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer Plugin mappen"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer plugin mappen.  Plugin mappen maken het mogelijk om \
+     Vim uit te breiden door een bestand in een map te plaatsen."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Privé"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Gedeeld"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Creëer plugin mappen in Vim installatie map, deze worden gebruikt \
+     voor iedereen op het systeem."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "VisVim extensie"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "VisVim extensie voor Microsoft Visual Studio integratie."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Ondersteuning voor andere talen"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Bestanden voor ondersteuning van andere talen dan Engels installeren."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim afmelden"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Registratie van Vim in het systeem ongedaan maken."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim uitvoerbare/runtime bestanden verwijderen"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Verwijder alle Vim uitvoerbare bestanden en runtime bestanden."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Remove plugin directories"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Privé"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Gedeeld"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories from Vim install directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory. It contains your Vim configuration files!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Er zijn $vim_old_ver_count Vim versies op je systeem gevonden.$\r$\n\
+#     Deze installatie kan omgaan met maximaal ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versies.$\r$\n\
+#     Verwijder a.u.b. wat versies en probeer het dan opnieuw."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Ongeldig installatiepad: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     Het moet eindelijk op $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Binair pad onjuist!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Het binaire pad zou $\"$vim_bin_path$\" moeten zijn,$\r$\n\
+#     maar het systeem geeft aan dat het binaire pad $\"$INSTDIR$\" is."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Vim is nog actief op je systeem.$\r$\n\
+#     Sluit a.u.b. alle instanties van Vim voordat je verder gaat."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Bezig met proberen om Vim te registreren met OLE. \
+#     Er is geen bericht dat aangeeft of deze operatie slaagt."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Bezig met proberen om Vim te de-registreren met OLE. \
+#     Er is geen bericht dat aangeeft of deze operatie slaagt."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "De volgende versies worden verwijderd:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "De volgende versies konden niet worden verwijderd:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Kan de uninstaller register sleutel niet vinden."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Kan de uninstaller niet vinden via het register."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Kan geen toegang krijgen tot de uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Kon de uninstaller niet naar een tijdelijke map kopiëren."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Kon de uninstaller niet uitvoeren."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "Installatie wordt gestopt."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Installatie is mislukt."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Sommige bestanden in $0 zijn niet verwijderd!$\r$\n\
+     Dit moet je handmatig doen."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+#    "WAARSCHUWING: Kan $\"$vim_install_root$\" niet verwijderen omdat het niet leeg is!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Uninstalling the old version..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Registering..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Unregistering..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Choose _vimrc settings"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Choose the settings for enhancement, keyboard and mouse."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    " Vi / Vim behavior "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vi compatible"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim original"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    " Mappings "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Remap a few keys"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    " Mouse "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_DUTCH} \
+    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"

nsis/lang/english.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# english.nsi: English language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1033
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen, Ken Takata
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "English"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Destination Folder (Must end with $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Show README after installation finish"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Typical"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Minimal"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Full"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Uninstall Existing Version(s)"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Uninstall existing Vim version(s) from your system."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Vim GUI and runtime files"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Vim GUI executables and runtime files.  This component is required."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Vim console program"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Console version of Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create .bat files"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create .bat files for Vim variants in the Windows directory for \
+     command line use."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create icons for Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create icons for Vim at various locations to facilitate easy access."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "On the Desktop"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create icons for gVim executables on the desktop."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "In the Start Menu Programs Folder"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Add Vim in the programs folder of the start menu."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "In the Quick Launch Bar"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Add Vim shortcut in the quick launch bar."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Add Vim Context Menu"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "32-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 32-bit applications."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "64-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 64-bit applications."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create Default Config"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create a default config file (_vimrc) if one does not already exist."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create Plugin Directories"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create plugin directories.  Plugin directories allow extending Vim \
+     by dropping a file into a directory."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Private"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Shared"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Create plugin directories in Vim install directory, it is used for \
+     everybody on the system."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "VisVim Extension"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "VisVim Extension for Microsoft Visual Studio integration."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Native Language Support"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Install files for native language support."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Unregister Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Unregister Vim from the system."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove Vim Executables/Runtime Files"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove all Vim executables and runtime files."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove plugin directories"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Private"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Shared"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories from Vim install directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory. It contains your Vim configuration files!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Found $vim_old_ver_count Vim versions on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     This installer can only handle ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versions \
+#     at most.$\r$\n\
+#     Please remove some versions and start again."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Invalid install path: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     It should end with $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Binary path mismatch!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Expect the binary path to be $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     but system indicates the binary path is $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Vim is still running on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     Please close all instances of Vim before you continue."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Attempting to register Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Attempting to unregister Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Uninstalling the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Fail to uninstall the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller registry key."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller from registry."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Cannot access uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Fail to copy uninstaller to temporary directory."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Fail to run uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "Installer will abort."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Installation failed. Better luck next time."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Some files in $0 have not been deleted!$\r$\n\
+     You must do it manually."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+#    "WARNING: Cannot remove $\"$vim_install_root$\", it is not empty!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Uninstalling the old version..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Registering..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Unregistering..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Choose _vimrc settings"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Choose the settings for enhancement, keyboard and mouse."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    " Vi / Vim behavior "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Vi compatible"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Vim original"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    " Mappings "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Remap a few keys"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    " Mouse "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_ENGLISH} \
+    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"

nsis/lang/german.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# german.nsi : German language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1031
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Christian Brabandt, tux
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "German"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Zielverzeichnis auswählen (muss auf $\"vim$\" enden)"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "README-Datei nach der Installation anzeigen"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Typisch"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Minimal"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vollständig"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vorherige Version deinstallieren"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vorherige installierte Versionen auf diesem System deinstallieren."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim GUI"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim (Anwendung) und Laufzeitdateien (Dieser Teil ist zwingend \
+     erforderlich)."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim Konsolenanwendung"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Konsolenversion von Vim."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    ".bat-Dateien erstellen"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    ".bat-Dateien erstellen, um Vim in der Konsole auszuführen."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim-Verknüpfungen erstellen"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Verknüpfungen mit Vim für einfachen Aufruf erstellen."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Auf dem Desktop"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Icons für GVim auf dem Desktop erstellen."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Im Startmenü"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim im Programmverzeichnis des Startmenüs hinzufügen."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "In der Schnellstartleiste"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Verknüpfung zu Vim in der Schnellstartleiste ablegen."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim zum Kontextmenü hinzufügen"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim in das $\"Öffnen mit...$\"-Kontextmenü einfügen."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "32-Bit-Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Vim in das $\"Öffnen mit...$\"-Kontextmenü \
+#     für 32-Bit-Anwendungen integrieren."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "64-Bit-Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Vim in das $\"Öffnen mit...$\"-Kontextmenü \
+#     für 64-Bit-Anwendungen integrieren."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Standard-Konfigurationsdatei erstellen"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Eine Standard-Konfigurationsdatei (_vimrc) erstellen, \
+     falls noch keine existiert."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Plugin-Verzeichnisse anlegen"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Plugin-Verzeichnisse anlegen. Plugins erlauben es, Vim \
+     um zusätzliche Funktionen zu erweitern."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Privat"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Erstelle Plugin-Verzeichnis im HOME Benutzerverzeichnis."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Freigegeben"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Plugin-Verzeichnisse im Vim-Installationsverzeichnis erstellen. Diese werden \
+     für alle Benutzer dieses Systems genutzt."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "VisVim-Erweiterung"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "VisVim-Erweiterung zur Integration in Microsoft Visual Studio."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Unterstützung für andere Sprachen"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Dateien zur Unterstützung anderer Sprachen als Englisch installieren."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim deinstallieren"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim vom System entfernen."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim-Anwendung und Laufzeitdateien entfernen"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Alle Vim-Anwendungen und Laufzeitdateien von diesem System entfernen."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Entferne Plugin-Verzeichnisse"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Entferne Plugin-Verzeichnisse, falls sie leer sind."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Privat"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Entfernt die Plugin-Verzeichnisse aus dem HOME Benutzerverzeichnis."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Freigegeben"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Entfernt das Plugin-Verzeichnis aus dem Vim-Installationsverzeichnis."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Entferne Vim Installationsverzeichnis"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Entfernt das Vim Installationsverzeichnis. Es enthält die Vim Konfigurationsdateien!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "$vim_old_ver_count Vim-Versionen auf diesem System gefunden..$\r$\n\
+#     Dieser Installer kann maximal ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} Versionen \
+#     handhaben.$\r$\n\
+#     Bitte alte Versionen entfernen und noch einmal probieren."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Nicht gültiges Installationsverzeichnis: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     Der Pfad muss auf $\"vim$\" enden."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Pfaddiskrepanz!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Erwarte Anwendungsverzeichnis $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     aber fand Anwendungspfad $\"$INSTDIR$\" vor."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Laufender Vim-Prozess erkannt.$\r$\n\
+#     Bitte alle laufenden Vim-Prozesse vor dem Fortfahren beenden."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Versuche OLE-Registrierung durchzuführen."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Versuche OLE-Registrierung zu löschen."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Deinstalliere die folgende Version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Deinstallation der Version fehlgeschlagen:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Deinstallationsschlüssel in der Registrierungsdatenbank nicht gefunden."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Kein Uninstaller in der Registrierungsdatenbank gefunden."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Kein Zugriff auf den Uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Fehler beim Kopieren des Uninstallers in ein temporäres Verzeichnis."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Fehler beim Aufruf des Uninstallers."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Installation wird abgebrochen."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Installation fehlerhaft beendet."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Einige Dateien im Pfad $0 konnten nicht gelöscht werden!$\r$\n\
+     Diese Dateien müssen manuell gelöscht werden."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+#    "Achtung: Kann Verzeichnis $\"$vim_install_root$\" nicht entfernen, \
+#     weil es nicht leer ist!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Deinstalliere alte Version..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Registriere..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Entferne Registrierung..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Wähle _vimrc Konfigurationsoptionen"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Wähle Einstellungen zur Kompatibilität, Tastatur und Maus."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    " Vi / Vim Verhalten "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "&Kompatibilität und Erweiterungen"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vi-kompatibel"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim Original"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim mit einigen Erweiterungen (Lädt defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Vim mit allen Erweiterungen (Lädt vimrc_example.vim) (Standard)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    " Mappings für Windows Standard Tastenkombinationen "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "&Einige Tasten umkonfigurieren (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Keine Tasten umkonfigurieren (Standard)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Einige Tasten umkonfigurieren"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    " Maus "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "&Verhalten der linken und rechten Buttons"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Rechts: Popup Menü, Links: Visueller Modus (Standard)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Rechts: Popup Menü, Links: Auswahl Modus (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_GERMAN} \
+    "Rechts: Auswahl erweitern, Links: Visueller Modus (Unix)"

nsis/lang/italian.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# italian.nsi : Italian language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1040
+# Locale Name  : it
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Antonio Colombo
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Italian"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Cartella d'installazione (il nome deve finire con $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Visualizza README al termine dell'installazione"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Tipica"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Minima"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Completa"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Disinstalla versione/i esistente/i"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Disinstalla versione/i esistente/i di Vim dal vostro sistema."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Vim GUI e file di supporto"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Vim GUI programmi e file di supporto.  Questa componente è indispensabile."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Vim console (vim.exe per MS-DOS)"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Versione console di Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea file di invocazione (MS-DOS) .bat"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea file di invocazione .bat per varianti di Vim nella directory \
+     di Windows, per utilizzo da linea di comando (MS-DOS)."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea icone per Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea icone per Vim in vari posti, per rendere facile l'accesso."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Sul Desktop"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea icone per programma gVim sul desktop."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Nella cartella del menù START"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Aggiungi Vim alle cartelle del menù START."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Nella barra di Avvio Veloce"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Aggiungi un puntatore a Vim nella barra di Avvio Veloce."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Aggiungi Vim al Menù Contestuale"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Aggiungi Vim alla lista contestuale $\"Apri con...$\"."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Versione a 32-bit"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Aggiungi Vim alla lista contestuale $\"Apri con...$\" \
+#     per applicazioni a 32-bit."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Versione a 64-bit"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Aggiungi Vim alla lista contestuale $\"Apri con...$\" \
+#     per applicazioni a 64-bit."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea configurazione di default"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea un file configurazione di default (_vimrc) se non \
+     ne esiste già uno."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea directory per plugin"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea directory per plugin.  Consentono di aggiungere funzionalità \
+     a Vim mettendo file in una di queste directory."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Private"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea directory per plugin nella directory HOME."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Condivise"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Crea directory per plugin nella directory di installazione di Vim \
+     per uso da parte di tutti gli utenti di questo sistema."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Estensione VisVim"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Estensione VisVim per integrazione con Microsoft Visual Studio."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Supporto Multilingue (NLS)"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Installa file per supportare messaggi in diverse lingue."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Togli Vim dal Registry"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Togli Vim dal Registry di configurazione sistema."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella programmi/file di supporto Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella tutti i programmi/file di supporto di Vim."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin se sono vuote."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Private"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin dalla directory HOME."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Condivise"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella le directory per plugin dalla directory di installazione di Vim."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella la directory di installazione di Vim"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Cancella la directory di installazione di Vim. Contiene i vostri file di configurazione!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Trovate $vim_old_ver_count versioni di Vim sul vostro sistema.$\r$\n\
+#     Questo programma di installazione può gestire solo \
+#     ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versioni.$\r$\n\
+#     Disinstallate qualche versione precedente e ricominciate."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Nome di directory di installazione non valida: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     Dovrebbe terminare con $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Conflitto nella directory di installazione!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Cartella di installazione dev'essere $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     ma il sistema segnala invece $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Vim ancora in esecuzione sul vostro sistema.$\r$\n\
+#     Chiudete tutte le sessioni attive di Vim per continuare."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Tentativo di registrazione di Vim con OLE. \
+#     Non c'è messaggio che indica se è riuscito o no."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Tentativo di togliere dal Registry Vim con OLE. \
+#     Non c'è messaggio che indica se è riuscito o no."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Disinstallazione della seguente versione:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Disinstallazione non riuscita per la seguente versione:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Non riesco a trovare chiave di disinstallazione nel Registry."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Non riesco a trovare programma disinstallazione nel Registry."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Non riesco a trovare programma disinstallazione."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Non riesco a copiare programma disinstallazione a una \
+#     directory temporanea."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Non riesco a eseguire programma disinstallazione."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "Il programma di disinstallazione verrà chiuso senza aver fatto nulla."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Installazione non riuscita. Miglior fortuna alla prossima!"
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Alcuni file in $0 non sono stati cancellati!$\r$\n\
+     Dovreste cancellarli voi stessi."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+#    "AVVISO: Non posso cancellare $\"$vim_install_root$\", non è vuota!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Sto disinstallando la vecchia versione..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Sto aggiungendo Vim al Registry..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Sto togliendo Vim dal Registry..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Scelta impostazioni _vimrc"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Scelta impostazioni per funzionalità ulteriori, tastiera e mouse."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    " comportamento come Vi / Vim "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "&Compatibilità e funzionalità ulteriori"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Compatibile con Vi"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Vim originale"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Vim con alcune funzionalità ulteriori (esecuzione defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Vim con tutte le funzionalità ulteriori (esecuzione vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    " Mappature "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "&Rimappatura di alcuni tasti per Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Non effettuare rimappature di tasti (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Rimappare solo alcuni tasti"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    " Mouse "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "&Comportamento dei pulsanti destro e sinistro"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Destro: popup menu, Sinistro: modalità visuale (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Destro: popup menu, Sinistro: seleziona modalità (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_ITALIAN} \
+    "Destro: estende selezione, Sinistro: modalità visuale (Unix)"

nsis/lang/japanese.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# japanese.nsi: Japanese language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1041
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Ken Takata
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Japanese"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+# Workarounds for NSIS Japanese translation. The messages are too long.
+# These should be better to be fixed by the NSIS upstream.
+LangString ^SpaceAvailable   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+        "利用可能なディスク容量："
+LangString ^SpaceRequired    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+        "必要なディスク容量："
+# Fix another NSIS Japanese translation. The access key was missing.
+LangString ^InstallBtn       ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+        "インストール(&I)"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Destination Folder (Must end with $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "インストール完了後に README を表示する"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "通常"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "最小"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "全て"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "既存のバージョンをアンインストール"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "すでにインストールされている Vim をシステムから削除します。"
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim GUI とランタイムファイル"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim GUI 実行ファイルとラインタイムファイル。このコンポーネントは必須です。"
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim コンソールプログラム"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "コンソール版の Vim (vim.exe)。"
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    ".bat ファイルを作成"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "コマンドラインから Vim と関連コマンドを実行できるように、.bat ファイルを Windows ディレクトリに作成します。"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim のアイコンを作成"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim を簡単に実行できるように、いくつかの場所にアイコンを作成します。"
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "デスクトップ上"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "gVim 実行ファイルのアイコンをデスクトップ上に作成します。"
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "スタートメニューのプログラムフォルダー上"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim のアイコンをスタートメニューのプログラムフォルダー上に作成します。"
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "In the Quick Launch Bar"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Add Vim shortcut in the quick launch bar."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim のコンテキストメニューを追加"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "$\"Vimで編集する$\" をコンテキストメニューに追加します。"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "32-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 32-bit applications."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "64-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 64-bit applications."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "既定のコンフィグを作成"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "もし無ければ、既定のコンフィグファイル (_vimrc) を作成します。"
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリを作成"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリを作成します。そこにプラグインファイルを置くことで Vim を拡張することができます。"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "個人用"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリをホームディレクトリに作成します。"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "共用"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリを Vim のインストールディレクトリに作成します。システムの全員で共有されます。"
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "VisVim 拡張"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Microsoft Visual Studio 統合用の VisVim 拡張。"
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "多言語サポート"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "多言語サポート用のファイルをインストールします。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim を登録解除"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim をシステムから登録解除します。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim の実行ファイル/ランタイムファイルを削除"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "全ての Vim の実行ファイルとランタイムファイルを削除します。"
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリを削除"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリが空であればそれを削除します。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "個人用"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリをホームディレクトリから削除します。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "共用"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "プラグインディレクトリを Vim のインストールディレクトリから削除します。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim のトップディレクトリを削除"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim のトップディレクトリを削除します。あなたの Vim の設定ファイルも含まれていることに注意してください！"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Found $vim_old_ver_count Vim versions on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     This installer can only handle ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versions \
+#     at most.$\r$\n\
+#     Please remove some versions and start again."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Invalid install path: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     It should end with $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Binary path mismatch!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Expect the binary path to be $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     but system indicates the binary path is $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Vim is still running on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     Please close all instances of Vim before you continue."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Attempting to register Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Attempting to unregister Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Uninstalling the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Fail to uninstall the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller registry key."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller from registry."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Cannot access uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Fail to copy uninstaller to temporary directory."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Fail to run uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "Installer will abort."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "インストールに失敗しました。次はうまくいくことを祈ります。"
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "$0 内の一部のファイルは削除できませんでした!$\r$\n\
+     手動で削除する必要があります。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+#    "WARNING: Cannot remove $\"$vim_install_root$\", it is not empty!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "古いバージョンをアンインストールしています..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "登録中..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "登録解除中..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "_vimrc の設定を選んでください"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "拡張やキーボード、マウスの設定を選んでください。"
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    " Vi / Vim の動作 "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "互換性と拡張(&C)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vi 互換"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim 独自"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim 独自と多少の拡張 (defaults.vim を読み込み)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Vim 独自と全ての拡張 (vimrc_example.vim を読み込み) (既定)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    " マッピング "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "Windows用に一部のキーをリマップする(&R) (例: Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F など)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "リマップしない (既定)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "リマップする"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    " マウス "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "右ボタンと左ボタンの動作(&B)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "右：ポップアップメニュー、左：ビジュアルモード (既定)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "右：ポップアップメニュー、左：選択モード (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_JAPANESE} \
+    "右：選択を拡張、左：ビジュアルモード (Unix)"

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# simpchinese.nsi: Simplified Chinese language strings for gvim NSIS
+# installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 2052
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "SimpChinese"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "安装路径 (必须以 vim 结尾)"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装完成后显示 README 文件"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "典型安装"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "最小安装"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "完全安装"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "卸载旧版本"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "卸载系统上旧版本的 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装 Vim 图形界面"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装 Vim 图形界面及脚本。此为必选安装。"
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装 Vim 命令行程序"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装 Vim 命令行程序 (vim.exe)。该程序在命令行窗口中运行。"
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装批处理文件"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "为 Vim 的各种变体创建批处理程序，以便在命令行下运行 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "创建 Vim 图标"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "为 Vim 创建若干图标，以方便使用 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "在桌面上"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "在桌面上为 Vim 创建若干图标，以方便启动 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "在启动菜单的程序菜单下"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "在启动菜单的程序菜单下添加 Vim 组。适用于 Windows 95 及以上版本。"
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "在快速启动启动栏中"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "在快速启动栏中添加 Vim 图标。"
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装快捷菜单"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "将 Vim 添加到“打开方式”快捷菜单中。"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "32 位版本"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "将 Vim 添加到 32 位程序的“打开方式”快捷菜单中。"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "64 位版本"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "将 Vim 添加到 64 位程序的“打开方式”快捷菜单中。"
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "创建缺省配置文件"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "在安装目录下生成缺省的 Vim 配置文件(_vimrc)。\
+     如果该文件已经存在，则略过此项。"
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "创建插件目录"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "创建(空的)插件目录结构。插件目录用于安装 Vim 扩展插件，\
+     只要将文件复制到相关的子目录中即可。"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "私有插件目录"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "公共插件目录"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "在 Vim 安装目录下创建(空的)插件目录结构，系统上所有用户都能使用安装在\
+     该目录下的扩展插件。"
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装 VisVim 插件"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装用于与微软 Microsoft Visual Studio 进行集成的 VisVim 插件。"
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装多语言支持"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装用于多语言支持的文件。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "删除 Vim 系统配置"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "删除和 Vim 相关的系统配置。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "删除 Vim 执行文件以及脚本"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "删除 Vim 的所有执行文件及脚本。"
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Remove plugin directories"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "私有插件目录"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "公共插件目录"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories from Vim install directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory. It contains your Vim configuration files!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "您的系统上安装了 $vim_old_ver_count 个不同版本的 Vim，$\r$\n\
+#     但本安装程序最多只能处理 ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} 个版本。$\r$\n\
+#     请您手工删除一些旧版本以后再运行本安装程序。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "安装路径“$vim_install_root”无效！$\r$\n\
+#     该路径必须以 vim 结尾。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "Vim 执行程序安装路径异常！$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     该版本 Vim 的执行程序安装路径应该是“$vim_bin_path”,$\r$\n\
+#     而系统却指示该路径为“$INSTDIR”。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "您的系统上仍有 Vim 在运行，$\r$\n\
+#     请您在执行后续步骤前退出这些 Vim。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "试图注册 Vim OLE 服务器。请注意无论成功与否都不再显示进一步的信息。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "试图注销 Vim OLE 服务器。请注意无论成功与否都不再显示进一步的信息。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "开始卸载以下版本："
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "以下版本卸载失败："
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "找不到卸载程序的注册表键。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "在注册表中未找到卸载程序路径。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "找不到卸载程序。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "无法将卸载程序复制到临时目录。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "执行卸载程序失败。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "安装程序将退出。"
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "安装失败。祝您下次好运。"
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "目录“$0”下有部分文件删除失败！$\r$\n\
+     您只能手工删除该目录。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+#    "警告：无法删除 Vim 安装目录“$vim_install_root”，\
+#     该目录下仍有其他文件。"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Uninstalling the old version..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Registering..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Unregistering..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Choose _vimrc settings"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Choose the settings for enhancement, keyboard and mouse."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    " Vi / Vim behavior "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Vi compatible"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Vim original"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    " Mappings "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Remap a few keys"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    " Mouse "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
+    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"

nsis/lang/tradchinese.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# tradchinese.nsi: Traditional Chinese language strings for gvim NSIS
+# installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 1028
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "TradChinese"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "安裝資料夾 (必須以 vim 結尾)"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝完成後顯示 README 檔案"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "典型安裝"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "最小安裝"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "完全安裝"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "移除舊版本"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "移除閣下電腦上舊版本的 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝 Vim 圖形界面程式"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝 Vim 圖形界面程式及腳本。此為必選安裝。"
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝 Vim 命令行程式"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝 Vim 命令行程式 (vim.exe)。該程式在控制臺窗口中運行。"
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝批次檔案"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "為 Vim 的各種變體創建批次檔，以便在命令行下啟動 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立 Vim 圖示"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立若干 Vim 圖示，以便于使用 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "於桌面"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立若干 Vim 圖示於桌面上，以方便啟動 Vim。"
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "於「開始」功能表的「程式」集"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "在「開始」功能表的「程式」集中建立 Vim 啟動組。\
+     適用于 Windows 95 及以上版本。"
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "於快速啟動列"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "在快速啟動列中建立 Vim 圖示。"
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝快捷選單"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "在「打開方式」快捷選單中添加 Vim 項。"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "32 位元版本"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "在 32 位元程式的「打開方式」快捷選單中添加 Vim 項。"
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "64 位元版本"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "在 64 位元程式的「打開方式」快捷選單中添加 Vim 項。"
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立默認設定檔"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "在安裝資料夾下建立默認的 Vim 設定檔(_vimrc)。\
+     若該設定檔已經存在，則略過此項。"
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立插件資料夾"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立(空的)插件資料夾結構。插件資料夾用于安裝 Vim 的擴展插件，\
+     只要將檔案復制到相關的子資料夾中即可。"
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立插件資料夾"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "建立共享插件資料夾"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "在 Vim 安裝資料夾下建立(空的)插件資料夾結構，電腦上所有用戶都能使用安裝\
+     在該資料夾里的擴展插件。"
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝 VisVim 插件"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "VisVim 是用于與微軟 Microsoft Visual Studio 軟體進行整合的插件。"
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝本地語言支持"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝用于支持本地語言的檔案。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "移除 Vim 系統設定"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "移除與 Vim 相關的系統設定。"
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "移除 Vim 程式及腳本"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "移除所有的 Vim 程式及腳本。"
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Remove plugin directories"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Private"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the vimfiles directory in HOME directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Shared"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the vimfiles directory in Vim install directory."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Remove the Vim root directory. It contains your Vim configuration files!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "閣下的電腦上安裝了 $vim_old_ver_count 個不同版本的 Vim，$\r$\n\
+#     但是本安裝程式最多只能處理 ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} 個版本。$\r$\n\
+#     煩請閣下手工移除一些版本以后再運行本安裝程式。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "安裝資料夾「$vim_install_root」無效！$\r$\n\
+#     該資料夾必須以「vim」結尾。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "Vim 執行程式安裝路徑異常！$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     該版本 Vim 的執行程式安裝路徑應該是「$vim_bin_path」,$\r$\n\
+#     而系統卻指示該路徑為「$INSTDIR」。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "閣下的電腦上尚有正在運行之 Vim，$\r$\n\
+#     煩請閣下在執行后續步驟前將其全部退出。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "試圖注冊 Vim OLE 伺服程式。請注意不論成功與否都不再顯示進一步的信息。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "試圖注銷 Vim OLE 伺服程式。請注意不論成功與否都不再顯示進一步的信息。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "正移除如下版本："
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "以下版本移除失敗："
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "找不到反安裝程式的登錄檔入口。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "在登錄檔中未找到反安裝程式路徑。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "找不到反安裝程式。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "無法將法將反安裝程式复制到臨時目錄。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "執行反安裝程式失敗。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "安裝程式將退出。"
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "安裝失敗。預祝下次好運。"
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "資料夾「$0」下有部分檔案未能移除！$\r$\n\
+     閣下只能手工移除該資料夾。"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+#    "警告：無法刪除 Vim 安裝資料夾「$vim_install_root」，\
+#     該資料夾下仍有其他檔案。"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Uninstalling the old version..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Registering..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Unregistering..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Choose _vimrc settings"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Choose the settings for enhancement, keyboard and mouse."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    " Vi / Vim behavior "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Vi compatible"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Vim original"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    " Mappings "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Remap a few keys"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    " Mouse "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_TRADCHINESE} \
+    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"

nsis/vimrc.ini

@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-[Settings]
-NumFields=7
-
-[Field 1]
-Type=GroupBox
-Left=0
-Right=-1
-Top=0
-Bottom=53
-Text=" Key remapping "
-
-[Field 2]
-Type=radiobutton
-Text=Do not remap keys for Windows behavior (Default)
-Left=10
-Right=-10
-Top=17
-Bottom=25
-State=1
-Flags=GROUP
-
-[Field 3]
-Type=radiobutton
-Text=Remap a few keys for Windows behavior (<C-V>, <C-C>, <C-A>, <C-S>, <C-F>, etc)
-Left=10
-Right=-10
-Top=30
-Bottom=47
-State=0
-Flags=NOTABSTOP
-
-[Field 4]
-Type=GroupBox
-Left=0
-Right=-1
-Top=55
-Bottom=-5
-Text=" Mouse behavior "
-
-[Field 5]
-Type=radiobutton
-Text=Right button extends selection, left button starts visual mode (Unix)
-Left=10
-Right=-5
-Top=72
-Bottom=80
-State=0
-Flags=GROUP
-
-[Field 6]
-Type=radiobutton
-Text=Right button has a popup menu, left button starts select mode (Windows)
-Left=10
-Right=-5
-Top=85
-Bottom=93
-State=0
-Flags=NOTABSTOP
-
-[Field 7]
-Type=radiobutton
-Text=Right button has a popup menu, left button starts visual mode (Default)
-Left=10
-Right=-5
-Top=98
-Bottom=106
-State=1
-Flags=NOTABSTOP

runtime/autoload/RstFold.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
 " Author: Antony Lee <anntzer.lee@gmail.com>
 " Description: Helper functions for reStructuredText syntax folding
-" Last Modified: 2018-01-07
+" Last Modified: 2018-12-29
 
 function s:CacheRstFold()
+  if !g:rst_fold_enabled
+    return
+  endif
+
   let closure = {'header_types': {}, 'max_level': 0, 'levels': {}}
   function closure.Process(match) dict
     let curline = getcurpos()[1]
@@ -20,12 +24,18 @@ function s:CacheRstFold()
     let self.levels[curline] = self.header_types[key]
   endfunction
   let save_cursor = getcurpos()
+  let save_mark = getpos("'[")
   silent keeppatterns %s/\v^%(%(([=`:.'"~^_*+#-])\1+\n)?.{1,2}\n([=`:.'"~^_*+#-])\2+)|%(%(([=`:.''"~^_*+#-])\3{2,}\n)?.{3,}\n([=`:.''"~^_*+#-])\4{2,})$/\=closure.Process(submatch(0))/gn
   call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+  call setpos("'[", save_mark)
   let b:RstFoldCache = closure.levels
 endfunction
 
 function RstFold#GetRstFold()
+  if !g:rst_fold_enabled
+    return
+  endif
+
   if !has_key(b:, 'RstFoldCache')
     call s:CacheRstFold()
   endif
@@ -37,6 +47,10 @@ function RstFold#GetRstFold()
 endfunction
 
 function RstFold#GetRstFoldText()
+  if !g:rst_fold_enabled
+    return
+  endif
+
   if !has_key(b:, 'RstFoldCache')
     call s:CacheRstFold()
   endif

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim functions for file type detection
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Dec 05
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 18
 
 " These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
 " faster.
@@ -484,6 +484,10 @@ endfunc
 
 " Called from filetype.vim and scripts.vim.
 func dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(name)
+  if did_filetype()
+    " Filetype was already detected
+    return
+  endif
   if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
     return
   endif
@@ -531,6 +535,10 @@ endfunc
 " as used for Tcl.
 " Also called from scripts.vim, thus can't be local to this script.
 func dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(name)
+  if did_filetype()
+    " Filetype was already detected
+    return
+  endif
   if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
     return
   endif
@@ -551,6 +559,10 @@ func dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(name)
 endfunc
 
 func dist#ft#CSH()
+  if did_filetype()
+    " Filetype was already detected
+    return
+  endif
   if exists("g:filetype_csh")
     call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(g:filetype_csh)
   elseif &shell =~ "tcsh"

runtime/autoload/paste.vim

@@ -1,35 +1,25 @@
 " Vim support file to help with paste mappings and menus
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Aug 30
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 27
 
 " Define the string to use for items that are present both in Edit, Popup and
 " Toolbar menu.  Also used in mswin.vim and macmap.vim.
 
-" Pasting blockwise and linewise selections is not possible in Insert and
-" Visual mode without the +virtualedit feature.  They are pasted as if they
-" were characterwise instead.  Add to that some tricks to leave the cursor in
-" the right position, also for "gi".
-if has("virtualedit")
-  let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
-  let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
-  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = "\<c-\>\<c-o>\"+gP"
+let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
+let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
+let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = "\<c-\>\<c-o>\"+gP"
 
-  func! paste#Paste()
-    let ove = &ve
-    set ve=all
-    normal! `^
-    if @+ != ''
-      normal! "+gP
-    endif
-    let c = col(".")
-    normal! i
-    if col(".") < c	" compensate for i<ESC> moving the cursor left
-      normal! l
-    endif
-    let &ve = ove
-  endfunc
-else
-  let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': "\"=@+.'xy'<CR>gPFx\"_2x"}
-  let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>gix<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_x'
-  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = 'x<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . '"_s'
-endif
+func! paste#Paste()
+  let ove = &ve
+  set ve=all
+  normal! `^
+  if @+ != ''
+    normal! "+gP
+  endif
+  let c = col(".")
+  normal! i
+  if col(".") < c	" compensate for i<ESC> moving the cursor left
+    normal! l
+  endif
+  let &ve = ove
+endfunc

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim completion script
-" Language:             Ruby
-" Maintainer:           Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
-" URL:                  https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
-" Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Maintainer Version:   0.8.1
+" Language:		Ruby
+" Maintainer:		Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
+" Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 "
 " Ruby IRB/Complete author: Keiju ISHITSUKA(keiju@ishitsuka.com)
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ function! s:GetBufferRubyEntity( name, type, ... )
     endif
 
     let curpos = getpos(".")
-    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( crex, '', '\(end\|}\)', 'wr' )
+    let [enum,ecol] = searchpairpos( crex, '', '\(end\|}\)', 'W' )
     call cursor(lastpos[1], lastpos[2])
 
     if lnum > enum
@@ -253,15 +253,27 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
 
 # {{{ buffer analysis magic
   def load_requires
+
+    custom_paths = VIM::evaluate("get(g:, 'rubycomplete_load_paths', [])")
+
+    if !custom_paths.empty?
+      $LOAD_PATH.concat(custom_paths).uniq!
+    end
+
     buf = VIM::Buffer.current
     enum = buf.line_number
     nums = Range.new( 1, enum )
     nums.each do |x|
+
       ln = buf[x]
       begin
-        eval( "require %s" % $1 ) if /.*require\s*(.*)$/.match( ln )
-      rescue Exception
-        #ignore?
+        if /.*require_relative\s*(.*)$/.match( ln )
+          eval( "require %s" % File.expand_path($1) )
+        elsif /.*require\s*(["'].*?["'])/.match( ln )
+          eval( "require %s" % $1 )
+        end
+      rescue Exception => e
+        dprint e.inspect
       end
     end
   end
@@ -344,8 +356,13 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         if x != cur_line
           next if x == 0
           ln = buf[x]
-          if /^\s*(module|class|def|include)\s+/.match(ln)
-            clscnt += 1 if $1 == "class"
+          is_const = false
+          if /^\s*(module|class|def|include)\s+/.match(ln) || is_const = /^\s*?[A-Z]([A-z]|[1-9])*\s*?[|]{0,2}=\s*?.+\s*?/.match(ln)
+            clscnt += 1 if /class|module/.match($1)
+            # We must make sure to load each constant only once to avoid errors
+            if is_const
+                ln.gsub!(/\s*?[|]{0,2}=\s*?/, '||=')
+            end
             #dprint "\$1$1
             classdef += "%s\n" % ln
             classdef += "end\n" if /def\s+/.match(ln)
@@ -423,7 +440,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     return get_buffer_entity_list( "class" )
   end
 
-
   def load_rails
     allow_rails = VIM::evaluate("exists('g:rubycomplete_rails') && g:rubycomplete_rails")
     return if allow_rails.to_i.zero?
@@ -529,7 +545,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         ret += ActiveRecord::ConnectionAdapters::SchemaStatements.methods
     end
 
-
     return ret
   end
 
@@ -587,11 +602,13 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
 # {{{ main completion code
   def self.preload_rails
     a = VimRubyCompletion.new
-    require 'Thread'
-    Thread.new(a) do |b|
-      begin
-      b.load_rails
-      rescue
+    if VIM::evaluate("has('nvim')") == 0
+      require 'thread'
+      Thread.new(a) do |b|
+        begin
+        b.load_rails
+        rescue
+        end
       end
     end
     a.load_rails
@@ -612,7 +629,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
 
     want_gems = VIM::evaluate("get(g:, 'rubycomplete_load_gemfile')")
     load_gems unless want_gems.to_i.zero?
-    
 
     input = VIM::Buffer.current.line
     cpos = VIM::Window.current.cursor[1] - 1
@@ -666,6 +682,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
         message = Regexp.quote($4)
         dprint "const or cls 2 [recv: \'%s\', msg: \'%s\']" % [ receiver, message ]
         load_buffer_class( receiver )
+        load_buffer_module( receiver )
         begin
           classes = eval("#{receiver}.constants")
           #methods = eval("#{receiver}.methods")
@@ -786,7 +803,6 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
       methods += Kernel.public_methods
     end
 
-
     include_object = VIM::evaluate("exists('g:rubycomplete_include_object') && g:rubycomplete_include_object")
     methods = clean_sel( methods, message )
     methods = (methods-Object.instance_methods) if include_object == "0"
@@ -829,5 +845,4 @@ let s:rubycomplete_rails_loaded = 0
 call s:DefRuby()
 "}}} ruby-side code
 
-
 " vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:et:fdm=marker:ft=vim:norl:

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: Thu, 22 May 2018 21:26:55 +0100
-" Version: 0.1
-" Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
-" Repository:   https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
-" License: VIM License
+" Last Change: Thu, 07 Dec 2018
+"     Version: 0.1
+"      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+"  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
+"     License: VIM License
 " Documentation: see :h xmlformat.txt (TODO!)
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Load Once: {{{1
@@ -85,7 +85,11 @@ func! s:Trim(item)
 endfunc
 " Check if tag is a new opening tag <tag> {{{1
 func! s:StartTag(tag)
-  return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]'
+  let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
+  return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
+endfunc
+func! s:IsComment(tag)
+  return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
 " Remove one level of indentation {{{1
 func! s:DecreaseIndent()

runtime/bugreport.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 :" information about the environment of a possible bug in Vim.
 :"
 :" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-:" Last change:	2005 Jun 12
+:" Last change:	2019 Jan 27
 :"
 :" To use inside Vim:
 :"	:so $VIMRUNTIME/bugreport.vim
@@ -54,9 +54,7 @@
 :endif
 :set all
 :set termcap
-:if has("autocmd")
-:  au
-:endif
+:au
 :if 1
 :  echo "--- Normal/Visual mode mappings ---"
 :endif

runtime/colors/macvim.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 " MacVim colorscheme
 "
-" Maintainer:   Bjorn Winckler <bjorn.winckler@gmail.com>
+" Author:       Bjorn Winckler <bjorn.winckler@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer:   macvim-dev (https://github.com/macvim-dev)
 " Last Change:  2008 May 9
 "
 " This is the default MacVim color scheme.  It supports both light and dark

runtime/compiler/eruby.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Jan 25
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -28,8 +29,8 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
     \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:in\ %*[^:]:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:\ %m,
-    \%-C%\tfrom\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
-    \%-Z%\tfrom\ %f:%l,
+    \%-C%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
+    \%-Z%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l,
     \%-Z%p^,
     \%-G%.%#
 

runtime/compiler/rake.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Mar 02
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -20,12 +21,12 @@ CompilerSet makeprg=rake
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%D(in\ %f),
-      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:%m,
-      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:,
-      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l:%m,
-      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l,
-      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m,
-      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%#%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l:%m%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+:%.%#,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+,
+      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+:%.%#,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m%\\&%.%#%\\D:%\\d%\\+:%.%#,
       \%\\s%#%f:%l:,
       \%m\ [%f:%l]:,
       \%+Erake\ aborted!,

runtime/compiler/rspec.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Aug 07
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -23,7 +24,8 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
     \%E%.%#:in\ `load':\ %f:%l:%m,
     \%E%f:%l:in\ `%*[^']':\ %m,
     \%-Z\ \ \ \ \ %\\+\#\ %f:%l:%.%#,
-    \%E\ \ %\\d%\\+)%.%#,
+    \%E\ \ \ \ \ Failure/Error:\ %m,
+    \%E\ \ \ \ \ Failure/Error:,
     \%C\ \ \ \ \ %m,
     \%C%\\s%#,
     \%-G%.%#

runtime/compiler/ruby.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -21,21 +21,21 @@ set cpo-=C
 " default settings runs script normally
 " add '-c' switch to run syntax check only:
 "
-"   CompilerSet makeprg=ruby\ -wc\ $*
+"   CompilerSet makeprg=ruby\ -c
 "
 " or add '-c' at :make command line:
 "
 "   :make -c %<CR>
 "
-CompilerSet makeprg=ruby\ -w\ $*
+CompilerSet makeprg=ruby
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
     \%+E%f:%l:\ parse\ error,
     \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:in\ %*[^:]:\ %m,
     \%E%f:%l:\ %m,
-    \%-C%\tfrom\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
-    \%-Z%\tfrom\ %f:%l,
+    \%-C%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l:in\ %.%#,
+    \%-Z%\t%\\d%#:%#\ %#from\ %f:%l,
     \%-Z%p^,
     \%-G%.%#
 

runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2014 Mar 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Last change:	2019 Jan 26
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -90,33 +90,28 @@ if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
   let c_comment_strings=1
 endif
 
-" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands.
-if has("autocmd")
+" Enable file type detection.
+" Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
+" 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
+" Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
+" Revert with ":filetype off".
+filetype plugin indent on
 
-  " Enable file type detection.
-  " Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
-  " 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
-  " Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
-  " Revert with ":filetype off".
-  filetype plugin indent on
+" Put these in an autocmd group, so that you can revert them with:
+" ":augroup vimStartup | au! | augroup END"
+augroup vimStartup
+  au!
 
-  " Put these in an autocmd group, so that you can revert them with:
-  " ":augroup vimStartup | au! | augroup END"
-  augroup vimStartup
-    au!
+  " When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position.
+  " Don't do it when the position is invalid, when inside an event handler
+  " (happens when dropping a file on gvim) and for a commit message (it's
+  " likely a different one than last time).
+  autocmd BufReadPost *
+    \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit'
+    \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
+    \ | endif
 
-    " When editing a file, always jump to the last known cursor position.
-    " Don't do it when the position is invalid, when inside an event handler
-    " (happens when dropping a file on gvim) and for a commit message (it's
-    " likely a different one than last time).
-    autocmd BufReadPost *
-      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit'
-      \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
-      \ | endif
-
-  augroup END
-
-endif " has("autocmd")
+augroup END
 
 " Convenient command to see the difference between the current buffer and the
 " file it was loaded from, thus the changes you made.

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	tagsrch.txt \
 	term.txt \
 	terminal.txt \
+	textprop.txt \
 	tips.txt \
 	todo.txt \
 	uganda.txt \
@@ -239,6 +240,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
 	terminal.html \
+	textprop.html \
 	tips.html \
 	todo.html \
 	uganda.html \

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 03
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -311,6 +311,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |FuncUndefined|		a user function is used but it isn't defined
 |SpellFileMissing|	a spell file is used but it can't be found
 |SourcePre|		before sourcing a Vim script
+|SourcePost|		after sourcing a Vim script
 |SourceCmd|		before sourcing a Vim script |Cmd-event|
 
 |VimResized|		after the Vim window size changed
@@ -759,13 +760,14 @@ FilterReadPre			Before reading a file from a filter command.
 				Not triggered when 'shelltemp' is off.
 							*FilterWritePost*
 FilterWritePost			After writing a file for a filter command or
-				making a diff.
+				making a diff with an external diff (see
+				DiffUpdated for internal diff).
 				Vim checks the pattern against the name of
 				the current buffer as with FilterWritePre.
 				Not triggered when 'shelltemp' is off.
 							*FilterWritePre*
 FilterWritePre			Before writing a file for a filter command or
-				making a diff.
+				making a diff with an external diff.
 				Vim checks the pattern against the name of
 				the current buffer, not the name of the
 				temporary file that is the output of the
@@ -924,6 +926,12 @@ ShellFilterPost			After executing a shell command with
 							*SourcePre*
 SourcePre			Before sourcing a Vim script. |:source|
 				<afile> is the name of the file being sourced.
+							*SourcePost*
+SourcePost			After sourcing a Vim script. |:source|
+				<afile> is the name of the file being sourced.
+				Not triggered when sourcing was interrupted.
+				Also triggered after a SourceCmd autocommand
+				was triggered.
 							*SourceCmd*
 SourceCmd			When sourcing a Vim script. |:source|
 				<afile> is the name of the file being sourced.
@@ -1010,8 +1018,10 @@ TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				anything else that takes time is involved.
 							*TextChanged*
 TextChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
-				current buffer in Normal mode.  That is when
-				|b:changedtick| has changed.
+				current buffer in Normal mode.  That is after
+				|b:changedtick| has changed (also when that
+				happened before the TextChanged autocommand
+				was defined).
 				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
 				an operator is pending.
 				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 12
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -944,9 +944,9 @@ When the result is a |List| then the items are joined with separating line
 breaks.  Thus each item becomes a line, except that they can contain line
 breaks themselves.
 
-The whole matched text can be accessed with "submatch(0)".  The text matched
-with the first pair of () with "submatch(1)".  Likewise for further
-sub-matches in ().
+The |submatch()| function can be used to obtain matched text.  The whole
+matched text can be accessed with "submatch(0)".  The text matched with the
+first pair of () with "submatch(1)".  Likewise for further sub-matches in ().
 
 Be careful: The separation character must not appear in the expression!
 Consider using a character like "@" or ":".  There is no problem if the result
@@ -1720,6 +1720,17 @@ j	Where it makes sense, remove a comment leader when joining lines.  For
 		         // in the list ~
 	Becomes:
 		int i;   // the index in the list ~
+p	Don't break lines at single spaces that follow periods.  This is
+	intended to complement 'joinspaces' and |cpo-J|, for prose with
+	sentences separated by two spaces.  For example, with 'textwidth' set
+	to 28: >
+		Surely you're joking, Mr. Feynman!
+<	Becomes: >
+		Surely you're joking,
+		Mr. Feynman!
+<	Instead of: >
+		Surely you're joking, Mr.
+		Feynman!
 
 
 With 't' and 'c' you can specify when Vim performs auto-wrapping:

runtime/doc/digraph.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Nov 04
+*digraph.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -24,7 +24,9 @@ An alternative is using the 'keymap' option.
 1. Defining digraphs					*digraphs-define*
 
 						*:dig* *:digraphs*
-:dig[raphs]		show currently defined digraphs.
+:dig[raphs][!]		Show currently defined digraphs.
+			With [!] headers are used to make it a bit easier to
+			find a specific character.
 							*E104* *E39*
 :dig[raphs] {char1}{char2} {number} ...
 			Add digraph {char1}{char2} to the list.  {number} is
@@ -111,11 +113,14 @@ this, you will have to type <BS> e again.  To avoid this don't set the
 
 You may have problems using Vim with characters which have a value above 128.
 For example: You insert ue (u-umlaut) and the editor echoes \334 in Insert
-mode.  After leaving the Insert mode everything is fine.  Note that fmt
-removes all characters with a value above 128 from the text being formatted.
-On some Unix systems this means you have to define the environment-variable
-LC_CTYPE.  If you are using csh, then put the following line in your .cshrc: >
-	setenv LC_CTYPE iso_8859_1
+mode.  After leaving the Insert mode everything is fine.  On some Unix systems
+this means you have to define the environment-variable LC_CTYPE.  If you are
+using csh, then put the following line in your .cshrc: >
+	setenv LC_CTYPE en_US.utf8
+(or similar for a different language or country). The value must be a valid
+locale on your system, i.e. on Unix-like systems it must be present in the
+output of >
+	locale -a
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Default digraphs					*digraphs-default*

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ cannot be read without the right key.
 The text in the swap file and the undo file is also encrypted.  *E843*
 However, this is done block-by-block and may reduce the time needed to crack a
 password.  You can disable the swap file, but then a crash will cause you to
-lose your work.  The undo file can be disabled without much disadvantage. >
+lose your work.  The undo file can be disabled without too much disadvantage. >
 	:set noundofile
 	:noswapfile edit secrets
 

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 06
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -915,7 +915,9 @@ may be used to complete the name of the menu item for the appropriate mode.
 To remove all menus use:			*:unmenu-all*  >
 	:unmenu *	" remove all menus in Normal and visual mode
 	:unmenu! *	" remove all menus in Insert and Command-line mode
-	:aunmenu *	" remove all menus in all modes
+	:aunmenu *	" remove all menus in all modes, except for Terminal
+			" mode
+	:tlunmenu *	" remove all menus in Terminal mode
 
 If you want to get rid of the menu bar: >
 	:set guioptions-=m

runtime/doc/gui_mac.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2012 Jan 13
+*gui_mac.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bjorn Winckler

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Oct 28
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Close this window:  Use ":q<Enter>".
 Jump to a subject:  Position the cursor on a tag (e.g. |bars|) and hit CTRL-].
    With the mouse:  ":set mouse=a" to enable the mouse (in xterm or GUI).
 		    Double-click the left mouse button on a tag, e.g. |bars|.
-	Jump back:  Type CTRL-T or CTRL-O.  Repeat to go further back.
+	Jump back:  Type CTRL-O.  Repeat to go further back.
 
 Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    on, by giving an argument to the |:help| command.
@@ -31,13 +31,17 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
 
+  Getting started:  Do the Vim tutor, a 20 minute interactive training for the
+		    basic commands, see |vimtutor|.
+		    Read the user manual from start to end: |usr_01.txt|
+
 Vim stands for Vi IMproved.  Most of Vim was made by Bram Moolenaar, but only
 through the help of many others.  See |credits|.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 						*doc-file-list* *Q_ct*
 BASIC:
 |quickref|	Overview of the most common commands you will use
-|tutor|		30 minutes training course for beginners
+|tutor|		20 minutes training course for beginners
 |copying|	About copyrights
 |iccf|		Helping poor children in Uganda
 |sponsor|	Sponsor Vim development, become a registered Vim user
@@ -113,7 +117,6 @@ Basic editing ~
 |scroll.txt|	scrolling the text in the window
 |insert.txt|	Insert and Replace mode
 |change.txt|	deleting and replacing text
-|indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
 |undo.txt|	Undo and Redo
 |repeat.txt|	repeating commands, Vim scripts and debugging
 |visual.txt|	using the Visual mode (selecting a text area)
@@ -126,14 +129,11 @@ Advanced editing ~
 |pattern.txt|	regexp patterns and search commands
 |map.txt|	key mapping and abbreviations
 |tagsrch.txt|	tags and special searches
-|quickfix.txt|	commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
 |windows.txt|	commands for using multiple windows and buffers
 |tabpage.txt|	commands for using multiple tab pages
-|syntax.txt|	syntax highlighting
 |spell.txt|	spell checking
 |diff.txt|	working with two to four versions of the same file
 |autocmd.txt|	automatically executing commands on an event
-|filetype.txt|	settings done specifically for a type of file
 |eval.txt|	expression evaluation, conditional commands
 |channel.txt|	Jobs, Channels, inter-process communication
 |fold.txt|	hide (fold) ranges of lines
@@ -143,18 +143,27 @@ Special issues ~
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice
 |terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
+
+Programming language support ~
+|indent.txt|	automatic indenting for C and other languages
+|syntax.txt|	syntax highlighting
+|textprop.txt|	Attaching properties to text for highlighting or other
+|filetype.txt|	settings done specifically for a type of file
+|quickfix.txt|	commands for a quick edit-compile-fix cycle
+|ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_rust.txt|	Filetype plugin for Rust
+|ft_sql.txt|	about the SQL filetype plugin
+
+Language support ~
 |digraph.txt|	list of available digraphs
 |mbyte.txt|	multi-byte text support
 |mlang.txt|	non-English language support
+|rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode
 |arabic.txt|	Arabic language support and editing
 |farsi.txt|	Farsi (Persian) editing
 |hebrew.txt|	Hebrew language support and editing
 |russian.txt|	Russian language support and editing
-|ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
-|ft_rust.txt|	Filetype plugin for Rust
-|ft_sql.txt|	about the SQL filetype plugin
 |hangulin.txt|	Hangul (Korean) input mode
-|rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode
 
 GUI ~
 |gui.txt|	Graphical User Interface (GUI)
@@ -172,7 +181,6 @@ Interfaces ~
 |if_ole.txt|	OLE automation interface for Win32
 |if_ruby.txt|	Ruby interface
 |debugger.txt|	Interface with a debugger
-|workshop.txt|	Sun Visual Workshop interface
 |netbeans.txt|	NetBeans External Editor interface
 |sign.txt|	debugging signs
 

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Nov 24
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -191,6 +191,9 @@ VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list
 			A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items
 			and inserting line breaks.
 
+							*perl-Blob*
+VIM::Blob({expr})	Return |Blob| literal string 0zXXXX from scalar value.
+
 							*perl-SetHeight*
 Window->SetHeight({height})
 			Sets the Window height to {height}, within screen

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 15
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -110,6 +110,10 @@ Module Functions:
 Vim::message({msg})
 	Displays the message {msg}.
 
+							*ruby-blob*
+Vim::blob({arg})
+	Return |Blob| literal string from {arg}.
+
 							*ruby-set_option*
 Vim::set_option({arg})
 	Sets a vim option.  {arg} can be any argument that the ":set" command

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 04
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,12 +60,13 @@ typing certain characters or commands in certain contexts.  Note that this not
 only triggers C-indenting.  When 'indentexpr' is not empty 'indentkeys' is
 used instead.  The format of 'cinkeys' and 'indentkeys' is equal.
 
-The default is "0{,0},0),:,0#,!^F,o,O,e" which specifies that indenting occurs
-as follows:
+The default is "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e" which specifies that indenting
+occurs as follows:
 
 	"0{"	if you type '{' as the first character in a line
 	"0}"	if you type '}' as the first character in a line
 	"0)"	if you type ')' as the first character in a line
+	"0]"	if you type ']' as the first character in a line
 	":"	if you type ':' after a label or case statement
 	"0#"	if you type '#' as the first character in a line
 	"!^F"	if you type CTRL-F (which is not inserted)

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 19
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1459,8 +1459,9 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:recover|	:rec[over]	recover a file from a swap file
 |:redo|		:red[o]		redo one undone change
 |:redir|	:redi[r]	redirect messages to a file or register
-|:redraw|	:redr[aw]	force a redraw of the display
-|:redrawstatus|	:redraws[tatus]	force a redraw of the status line(s)
+|:redraw|	:redr[aw]	  force a redraw of the display
+|:redrawstatus|	:redraws[tatus]	  force a redraw of the status line(s)
+|:redrawtabline|  :redrawt[abline]  force a redraw of the tabline
 |:registers|	:reg[isters]	display the contents of registers
 |:resize|	:res[ize]	change current window height
 |:retab|	:ret[ab]	change tab size
@@ -1645,7 +1646,6 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 				argument list
 |:wq|		:wq		write to a file and quit window or Vim
 |:wqall|	:wqa[ll]	write all changed buffers and quit Vim
-|:wsverb|	:ws[verb]	pass the verb to workshop over IPC
 |:wundo|	:wu[ndo]	write undo information to a file
 |:wviminfo|	:wv[iminfo]	write to viminfo file
 |:xit|		:x[it]		write if buffer changed and quit window or Vim

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Feb 10
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1076,6 +1076,11 @@ that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
 			The only value currently recognized is "always", the
 			effect is that the function is called whenever the
 			leading text is changed.
+
+If you want to suppress the warning message for an empty result, return
+|v:none|.  This is useful to implement asynchronous completion with
+|complete()|.
+
 Other items are ignored.
 
 For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Jan 24
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -52,29 +52,11 @@ an introduction to the use of Vi or Vim, it gets a bit complicated here and
 there.  For beginners, there is a hands-on |tutor|.  To learn using Vim, read
 the user manual |usr_toc.txt|.
 
-							*book*
-There are many books on Vi that contain a section for beginners.  There are
-two books I can recommend:
-
-	"Vim - Vi Improved" by Steve Oualline
-
-This is the very first book completely dedicated to Vim.  It is very good for
-beginners.  The most often used commands are explained with pictures and
-examples.  The less often used commands are also explained, the more advanced
-features are summarized.  There is a comprehensive index and a quick
-reference.  Parts of this book have been included in the user manual
-|frombook|.
-Published by New Riders Publishing.  ISBN: 0735710015
-For more information try one of these:
-	http://iccf-holland.org/click5.html
-	http://www.vim.org/iccf/click5.html
-
-	"Learning the Vi editor" by Linda Lamb and Arnold Robbins
-
-This is a book about Vi that includes a chapter on Vim (in the sixth edition).
-The first steps in Vi are explained very well.  The commands that Vim adds are
-only briefly mentioned.  There is also a German translation.
-Published by O'Reilly.  ISBN: 1-56592-426-6.
+							*book* *books*
+Most books on Vi and Vim contain a section for beginners.  Others are spending
+more words on specific functionality.  You can find an overview of Vim books
+here:
+	http://iccf-holland.org/vim_books.html
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Vim on the internet					*internet*
@@ -84,9 +66,9 @@ The Vim pages contain the most recent information about Vim.  They also
 contain links to the most recent version of Vim.  The FAQ is a list of
 Frequently Asked Questions.  Read this if you have problems.
 
-	Vim home page:	  http://www.vim.org/
-	Vim FAQ:	  http://vimdoc.sf.net/
-	Downloading:	  ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/MIRRORS
+	Vim home page:	  https://www.vim.org/
+	Vim FAQ:	  https://vimhelp.appspot.com/vim_faq.txt.html
+	Downloading:	  https://www.vim.org/download.php
 
 
 Usenet News group where Vim is discussed:		*news* *usenet*
@@ -114,10 +96,12 @@ There are several mailing lists for Vim:
 See http://www.vim.org/maillist.php for the latest information.
 
 NOTE:
+- Anyone can see the archive, e.g. on Google groups.  Search this if you have
+  questions.
 - You can only send messages to these lists if you have subscribed!
+- The first message is moderated, thus it may take a few hours to show up.
 - You need to send the messages from the same location as where you subscribed
   from (to avoid spam mail).
-- Maximum message size is 40000 characters.
 
 						*subscribe-maillist*
 If you want to join, send a message to
@@ -150,7 +134,10 @@ Preferably start Vim with: >
 Where reproduce.vim is a script that reproduces the problem.  Try different
 machines, if relevant (is this an MS-Windows specific bug perhaps?).
 
-Send me patches if you can!
+Send me patches if you can!  If you create a pull request on
+https://github.com/vim/vim then the automated checks will run and report any
+obvious problems.  But you can also send the patch by email (use an attachment
+to avoid white space changes).
 
 It will help to include information about the version of Vim you are using and
 your setup.  You can get the information with this command: >
@@ -189,7 +176,7 @@ introduce Y2K problems, but those are not really part of Vim itself.
 ==============================================================================
 3. Credits				*credits* *author* *Bram* *Moolenaar*
 
-Most of Vim was written by Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>.
+Most of Vim was created by Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>.
 
 Parts of the documentation come from several Vi manuals, written by:
 	W.N. Joy
@@ -268,6 +255,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Ken Takata		fixes and features
 	Kazunobu Kuriyama	GTK 3
 	Christian Brabandt	many fixes, features, user support, etc.
+	Yegappan Lakshmanan	many quickfix features
 
 I wish to thank all the people that sent me bug reports and suggestions.  The
 list is too long to mention them all here.  Vim would not be the same without
@@ -280,9 +268,9 @@ In this documentation there are several references to other versions of Vi:
 Vi	"the original".  Without further remarks this is the version
 	of Vi that appeared in Sun OS 4.x.  ":version" returns
 	"Version 3.7, 6/7/85".  Sometimes other versions are referred
-	to.  Only runs under Unix.  Source code only available with a
-	license.  More information on Vi can be found through:
-		http://vi-editor.org	[doesn't currently work...]
+	to.  Only runs under Unix.  Source code is now available under a
+	BSD-style license.  More information on Vi can be found through:
+		http://ex-vi.sourceforge.net/
 							*Posix*
 Posix	From the IEEE standard 1003.2, Part 2: Shell and utilities.
 	Generally known as "Posix".  This is a textual description of
@@ -297,9 +285,14 @@ Nvi	The "New" Vi.  The version of Vi that comes with BSD 4.4 and FreeBSD.
 	Source code is freely available.
 							*Elvis*
 Elvis	Another Vi clone, made by Steve Kirkendall.  Very compact but isn't
-	as flexible as Vim.
-	The version used is 2.1.  It is still being developed.  Source code is
-	freely available.
+	as flexible as Vim.  Development has stalled, Elvis has left the
+	building!  Source code is freely available.
+							*Neovim*
+Neovim	A Vim clone.  Forked the Vim source in 2014 and went a different way.
+	Very much bound to github and has many more dependencies, making
+	development more complex and limiting portability.  Code has been
+	refactored, resulting in patches not being exchangeable with Vim.
+	Supports a remote GUI and integration with scripting languages.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Notation						*notation*

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 13
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1223,6 +1223,10 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			attributes (see below) are {attr}.  If the command
 			already exists, an error is reported, unless a ! is
 			specified, in which case the command is redefined.
+			There is one exception: When sourcing a script again,
+			a command that was previously defined in that script
+			will be silently replaced.
+
 
 :delc[ommand] {cmd}				*:delc* *:delcommand* *E184*
 			Delete the user-defined command {cmd}.
@@ -1230,7 +1234,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 :comc[lear]						*:comc* *:comclear*
 			Delete all user-defined commands.
 
-Command attributes
+
+Command attributes ~
 
 User-defined commands are treated by Vim just like any other Ex commands.  They
 can have arguments, or have a range specified.  Arguments are subject to
@@ -1241,14 +1246,15 @@ There are a number of attributes, split into four categories: argument
 handling, completion behavior, range handling, and special cases.  The
 attributes are described below, by category.
 
-Argument handling				*E175* *E176* *:command-nargs*
 
+Argument handling ~
+						*E175* *E176* *:command-nargs*
 By default, a user defined command will take no arguments (and an error is
 reported if any are supplied).  However, it is possible to specify that the
 command can take arguments, using the -nargs attribute.  Valid cases are:
 
 	-nargs=0    No arguments are allowed (the default)
-	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required, it includes spaces 
+	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required, it includes spaces
 	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many),
 		    separated by white space
 	-nargs=?    0 or 1 arguments are allowed
@@ -1271,8 +1277,10 @@ defined, not where it is invoked!  Example:
 Executing script2.vim will result in "None" being echoed.  Not what you
 intended!  Calling a function may be an alternative.
 
-Completion behavior				*:command-completion* *E179*
-					*E180* *E181* *:command-complete*
+
+Completion behavior ~
+				*:command-completion* *E179* *E180* *E181*
+				*:command-complete*
 By default, the arguments of user defined commands do not undergo completion.
 However, by specifying one or the other of the following attributes, argument
 completion can be enabled:
@@ -1317,9 +1325,9 @@ completion can be enabled:
 Note: That some completion methods might expand environment variables.
 
 
-Custom completion			*:command-completion-custom*
-					*:command-completion-customlist*
-					*E467* *E468*
+Custom completion ~
+				*:command-completion-custom*
+				*:command-completion-customlist* *E467* *E468*
 It is possible to define customized completion schemes via the "custom,{func}"
 or the "customlist,{func}" completion argument.  The {func} part should be a
 function with the following signature: >
@@ -1364,8 +1372,8 @@ the 'path' option: >
 This example does not work for file names with spaces!
 
 
-Range handling				*E177* *E178* *:command-range*
-							*:command-count*
+Range handling ~
+				*E177* *E178* *:command-range* *:command-count*
 By default, user-defined commands do not accept a line number range.  However,
 it is possible to specify that the command does take a range (the -range
 attribute), or that it takes an arbitrary count value, either in the line
@@ -1399,8 +1407,11 @@ Possible values are:
 	-addr=loaded_buffers	Range for loaded buffers
 	-addr=windows		Range for windows
 	-addr=tabs		Range for tab pages
+	-addr=other		other kind of range
 
-Special cases				*:command-bang* *:command-bar*
+
+Special cases ~
+					*:command-bang* *:command-bar*
 					*:command-register* *:command-buffer*
 There are some special cases as well:
 
@@ -1418,7 +1429,8 @@ replacement text separately.
 Note that these arguments can be abbreviated, but that is a deprecated
 feature.  Use the full name for new scripts.
 
-Replacement text
+
+Replacement text ~
 
 The replacement text for a user defined command is scanned for special escape
 sequences, using <...> notation.  Escape sequences are replaced with values

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Feb 04
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -557,14 +557,6 @@ This message is only given when Vim detects a problem when searching for a
 tag.  Sometimes this message is not given, even though the tags file is not
 properly sorted.
 
-							*E460*  >
-  The resource fork would be lost (add ! to override)
-
-On the Macintosh (classic), when writing a file, Vim attempts to preserve all
-info about a file, including its resource fork.  If this is not possible you
-get this error message.  Append "!" to the command name to write anyway (and
-lose the info).
-
 							*E424*  >
   Too many different highlighting attributes in use
 

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Oct 15
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ This cannot be repeated: >
 	endif<CR>
 Note that when using ":" any motion becomes characterwise exclusive.
 
-
+								*forced-motion*
 FORCING A MOTION TO BE LINEWISE, CHARACTERWISE OR BLOCKWISE
 
 When a motion is not of the type you would like to use, you can force another

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Jul 15
+*netbeans.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur et al.
 
 
-					*netbeans* *netbeans-support*
+					*netbeans* *NetBeans* *netbeans-support*
 
 Vim NetBeans Protocol: a socket interface for Vim integration into an IDE.
 
@@ -123,8 +123,18 @@ Currently the NetBeans interface is supported by Vim running in a terminal and
 by gvim when it is run with one of the following GUIs: GTK, GNOME, Windows,
 Athena and Motif.
 
-If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.  See
-|workshop-xpm| for details on obtaining the latest version of XPM.
+							*netbeans-xpm*
+If Motif support is required the user must supply XPM libraries.
+The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif or Athena.
+Without it the toolbar and signs will be disabled.
+
+The XPM library is provided by Arnaud Le Hors of the French National Institute
+for Research in Computer Science and Control.  It can be downloaded from
+http://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libXpm.  The current release, as of this
+writing, is xpm-3.4k-solaris.tgz, which is a gzip'ed tar file.  If you create
+the directory /usr/local/xpm and untar the file there you can use the
+uncommented lines in the Makefile without changing them.  If you use another
+xpm directory you will need to change the XPM_DIR in src/Makefile.
 
 
 On MS-Windows:

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 15
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -354,12 +354,12 @@ files.  You use this command: >
 	:setlocal makeprg=perlmake
 You can switch back to using the global value by making the local value empty: >
 	:setlocal makeprg=
-This only works for a string option.  For a boolean option you need to use the
-"<" flag, like this: >
+This only works for a string option.  For a number or boolean option you need
+to use the "<" flag, like this: >
 	:setlocal autoread<
-Note that for non-boolean options using "<" copies the global value to the
-local value, it doesn't switch back to using the global value (that matters
-when the global value changes later).  You can also use: >
+Note that for non-boolean and non-number options using "<" copies the global
+value to the local value, it doesn't switch back to using the global value
+(that matters when the global value changes later).  You can also use: >
 	:set path<
 This will make the local value of 'path' empty, so that the global value is
 used.  Thus it does the same as: >
@@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 							*'cinkeys'* *'cink'*
-'cinkeys' 'cink'	string	(default "0{,0},0),:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
+'cinkeys' 'cink'	string	(default "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cindent|
@@ -2296,7 +2296,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			deleted only once.  Also when repeating "R" with "."
 			and a count.
 								*cpo-y*
-		y	A yank command can be redone with ".".
+		y	A yank command can be redone with ".".  Think twice if
+			you really want to use this, it may break some
+			plugins, since most people expect "." to only repeat a
+			change.
 								*cpo-Z*
 		Z	When using "w!" while the 'readonly' option is set,
 			don't reset 'readonly'.
@@ -2393,7 +2396,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 
 						*'cryptmethod'* *'cm'*
-'cryptmethod' 'cm'	string	(default "zip")
+'cryptmethod' 'cm'	string	(default "blowfish2")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Method used for encryption when the buffer is written to a file:
@@ -2424,8 +2427,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	modifications.  Also see |:X|.
 
 	When setting the global value to an empty string, it will end up with
-	the value "zip".  When setting the local value to an empty string the
-	buffer will use the global value.
+	the value "blowfish2".  When setting the local value to an empty
+	string the buffer will use the global value.
 
 	When a new encryption method is added in a later version of Vim, and
 	the current version does not recognize it, you will get	*E821* .
@@ -4256,11 +4259,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
 				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
 				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
-				     v:Visual,w:WarningMsg,W:WildMenu,f:Folded,
-				     F:FoldColumn,A:DiffAdd,C:DiffChange,
-				     D:DiffDelete,T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,
+				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
+				     W:WildMenu,f:Folded,F:FoldColumn,
+				     A:DiffAdd,C:DiffChange,D:DiffDelete,
+				     T:DiffText,>:SignColumn,-:Conceal,
 				     B:SpellBad,P:SpellCap,R:SpellRare,
-				     L:SpellLocal,-:Conceal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
+				     L:SpellLocal,+:Pmenu,=:PmenuSel,
 				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
 				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
 				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine,
@@ -4305,16 +4309,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-DiffDelete|	 D  deleted line in diff mode
 	|hl-DiffText|	 T  inserted text in diff mode
 	|hl-SignColumn|	 >  column used for |signs|
+	|hl-Conceal|	 -  the placeholders used for concealed characters
+			    (see 'conceallevel')
 	|hl-SpellBad|	 B  misspelled word |spell|
 	|hl-SpellCap|	 P  word that should start with capital |spell|
 	|hl-SpellRare|	 R  rare word |spell|
 	|hl-SpellLocal|	 L  word from other region |spell|
-	|hl-Conceal|	 -  the placeholders used for concealed characters
-			    (see 'conceallevel')
-	|hl-Pmenu|       +  popup menu normal line
-	|hl-PmenuSel|    =  popup menu normal line
-	|hl-PmenuSbar|   x  popup menu scrollbar
-	|hl-PmenuThumb|  X  popup menu scrollbar thumb
+	|hl-Pmenu|	 +  popup menu normal line
+	|hl-PmenuSel|	 =  popup menu selected line
+	|hl-PmenuSbar|	 x  popup menu scrollbar
+	|hl-PmenuThumb|	 X  popup menu scrollbar thumb
 
 	The display modes are:
 		r	reverse		(termcap entry "mr" and "me")
@@ -4726,7 +4730,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 
 						*'indentkeys'* *'indk'*
-'indentkeys' 'indk'	string	(default "0{,0},:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
+'indentkeys' 'indk'	string	(default "0{,0},0),0],:,0#,!^F,o,O,e")
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cindent|
@@ -5185,11 +5189,26 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
 			line.
 							*lcs-tab*
-	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a tab.  The first
-			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
-			fill the space that the tab normally occupies.
-			"tab:>-" will show a tab that takes four spaces as
-			">---".  When omitted, a tab is show as ^I.
+	  tab:xy[z]	Two or three characters to be used to show a tab.
+			The third character is optional.
+
+	  tab:xy	The 'x' is always used, then 'y' as many times as will
+			fit.  Thus "tab:>-" displays:
+				>
+				>-
+				>--
+				etc.
+
+	  tab:xyz	The 'z' is always used, then 'x' is prepended, and
+			then 'y' is used as many times as will fit.  Thus
+			"tab:<->" displays:
+				>
+				<>
+				<->
+				<-->
+				etc.
+
+			When "tab:" is omitted, a tab is shown as ^I.
 							*lcs-space*
 	  space:c	Character to show for a space.  When omitted, spaces
 			are left blank.
@@ -6732,14 +6751,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'scrolloff'* *'so'*
 'scrolloff' 'so'	number	(default 0, set to 5 in |defaults.vim|)
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	Minimal number of screen lines to keep above and below the cursor.
 	This will make some context visible around where you are working.  If
 	you set it to a very large value (999) the cursor line will always be
 	in the middle of the window (except at the start or end of the file or
 	when long lines wrap).
-	For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
+	After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
+	these two: >
+		setlocal scrolloff<
+		setlocal scrolloff=-1
+<	For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
 	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'scrollopt'* *'sbo'*
@@ -7294,7 +7317,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'sidescrolloff'* *'siso'*
 'sidescrolloff' 'siso'	number (default 0)
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not in Vi}
 	The minimal number of screen columns to keep to the left and to the
 	right of the cursor if 'nowrap' is set.  Setting this option to a
@@ -7304,7 +7327,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to a large value (like 999) has the effect of keeping the cursor
 	horizontally centered in the window, as long as one does not come too
 	close to the beginning of the line.
-	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
+	After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
+	these two: >
+		setlocal sidescrolloff<
+		setlocal sidescrolloff=-1
+<	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
 
 	Example: Try this together with 'sidescroll' and 'listchars' as
 		 in the following example to never allow the cursor to move
@@ -7918,6 +7945,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the text to be displayed.  Use "%1T" for the first label, "%2T" for
 	the second one, etc.  Use "%X" items for closing labels.
 
+	When changing something that is used in 'tabline' that does not
+	trigger it to be updated, use |:redrawtabline|.
+
 	Keep in mind that only one of the tab pages is the current one, others
 	are invisible and you can't jump to their windows.
 
@@ -8188,6 +8218,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that the "cterm" attributes are still used, not the "gui" ones.
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
+						*'termmode'* *'tmod'*
+'termmode' 'tmod'	string  (default "")
+			local to window
+			{not in Vi, MS-Windows only}
+	Whether the window uses winpty or |ConPTY| as the virtual console.
+	When set before opening the terminal, it influences what pty is used.
+	When opening the terminal it will be set to the actually used pty.
+
+	Possible values are:
+	    ""		use ConPTY if possible, winpty otherwise
+	    "winpty"	use winpty, fail if not supported
+	    "conpty"	use |ConPTY|, fail if not supported
+
+	|ConPTY| support depends on the platform (Windows 10 October 2018
+	edition).  winpty support needs to be installed.  If neither is
+	supported then you cannot open a terminal window.
+
 						*'termwinscroll'* *'twsl'*
 'termwinscroll' 'twsl'	number	(default 10000)
 			local to buffer
@@ -8290,7 +8337,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	separated by non-keyword characters (white space is preferred).
 	Maximum line length is 510 bytes.
 
-	Unfortunately we currently cannot recommend a file to be used here.
+	An English word list was added to this github issue:
+	https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/629#issuecomment-443293282
+	Unpack thesaurus_pkg.zip, put the thesaurus.txt file somewhere, e.g.
+	~/.vim/thesaurus/english.txt, and the 'thesaurus' option to this file
+	name.
 
 	To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
 	after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
@@ -8607,8 +8658,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the xterm version
 	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
-	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is
-	277 or higher and when Vim detects Mac Terminal.app or iTerm2.
+	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if Vim detects Mac
+	Terminal.app, iTerm2 or mintty, and when the xterm version is 277 or
+	higher.
 	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" or "sgr"
 	automatically, set t_RV to an empty string: >
 		:set t_RV=

runtime/doc/os_vms.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 06
+*os_vms.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL
@@ -104,6 +104,8 @@ to set up GUI fonts etc. correctly.  See :help xim from Vim command prompt.
 You may want to use GUI with GTK icons, then you have to download and install
 GTK for OpenVMS or at least runtime shareable images - LIBGTK from
 polarhome.com
+Post 7.2 Vim uses GTK2+ while the last GTK on OpenVMS is 1.2.10, therefore
+the GTK build is no longer available.
 
 For more advanced questions, please send your problem to Vim on VMS mailing
 list <vim-vms@polarhome.com>
@@ -201,10 +203,10 @@ You can check that everything is at the right place with the :version command.
 
 Example LOGIN.COM: >
 
-	$ define/nolog VIM RF10:[UTIL.VIM]
+ 	$ define/nolog VIM DKA0:[UTIL.VIM81]
 	$ vi*m :== mcr VIM:VIM.EXE
 	$ gv*im:== spawn/nowait/input=NLA0 mcr VIM:VIM.EXE -g -GEOMETRY 80x40
-	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.5.223/trans=tcpip
+	$ set disp/create/node=192.168.10.202/trans=tcpip
 
 Note: This set-up should be enough, if you are working on a standalone server or
 clustered environment, but if you want to use Vim as an internode editor in
@@ -764,6 +766,16 @@ GNU_TOOLS.ZIP package downloadable from http://www.polarhome.com/vim/
 
 9. VMS related changes					*vms-changes*
 
+Version 8.1
+- make necessary changes to build v8.1 on VMS
+
+Version 8.0
+- solve the 100% cpu usage issue while waiting for a keystroke
+- correct the VMS warnings and errors around handling the INFINITY (used in json.c)
+- minor VMS port related changes
+- correct the make_vms.mms file for 8.0
+- fix [.TESTDIR]make_vms.mms for 8.0
+
 Version 7.4
 - Undo: VMS can not handle more than one dot in the filenames use "dir/name" -> "dir/_un_name"
   add _un_ at the beginning to keep the extension

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 13
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -398,11 +398,11 @@ Use of "\m" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'magic' is set,
 ignoring the actual value of the 'magic' option.
 Use of "\M" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'nomagic' is used.
 							*/\v* */\V*
-Use of "\v" means that in the pattern after it all ASCII characters except
-'0'-'9', 'a'-'z', 'A'-'Z' and '_' have a special meaning.  "very magic"
+Use of "\v" means that after it, all ASCII characters except '0'-'9', 'a'-'z',
+'A'-'Z' and '_' have special meaning: "very magic"
 
-Use of "\V" means that in the pattern after it only the backslash and the
-terminating character (/ or ?) has a special meaning.  "very nomagic"
+Use of "\V" means that after it, only a backslash and terminating character
+(usually / or ?) have special meaning: "very nomagic"
 
 Examples:
 after:	  \v	   \m	    \M	     \V		matches ~
@@ -1118,6 +1118,9 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:tab:]*	  [:tab:]		the <Tab> character
 *[:escape:]*	  [:escape:]		the <Esc> character
 *[:backspace:]*	  [:backspace:]		the <BS> character
+*[:ident:]*	  [:ident:]		identifier character (same as "\i")
+*[:keyword:]*	  [:keyword:]		keyword character (same as "\k")
+*[:fname:]*	  [:fname:]		file name character (same as "\f")
 	  The brackets in character class expressions are additional to the
 	  brackets delimiting a collection.  For example, the following is a
 	  plausible pattern for a UNIX filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 01
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ A location list is a window-local quickfix list. You get one after commands
 like `:lvimgrep`, `:lgrep`, `:lhelpgrep`, `:lmake`, etc., which create a
 location list instead of a quickfix list as the corresponding `:vimgrep`,
 `:grep`, `:helpgrep`, `:make` do.
+						*location-list-file-window*
 A location list is associated with a window and each window can have a
 separate location list.  A location list can be associated with only one
 window.  The location list is independent of the quickfix list.
@@ -110,14 +111,14 @@ processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
 :[count]lne[xt][!]	Same as ":cnext", except the location list for the
 			current window is used instead of the quickfix list.
 
-:[count]cN[ext][!]			*:cp* *:cprevious* *:cN* *:cNext*
+:[count]cN[ext][!]		*:cp* *:cprevious*  *:cprev* *:cN* *:cNext*
 :[count]cp[revious][!]	Display the [count] previous error in the list that
 			includes a file name.  If there are no file names at
 			all, go to the [count] previous error.  See |:cc| for
 			[!] and 'switchbuf'.
 
 
-:[count]lN[ext][!]			*:lp* *:lprevious* *:lN* *:lNext*
+:[count]lN[ext][!]		*:lp* *:lprevious* *:lprev* *:lN* *:lNext*
 :[count]lp[revious][!]	Same as ":cNext" and ":cprevious", except the location
 			list for the current window is used instead of the
 			quickfix list.
@@ -363,6 +364,23 @@ modify the title of a quickfix and location list respectively. Examples: >
 	echo getqflist({'title' : 1})
 	call setloclist(3, [], 'a', {'title' : 'Cmd output'})
 	echo getloclist(3, {'title' : 1})
+<
+							*quickfix-index*
+When you jump to a quickfix/location list entry using any of the quickfix
+commands (e.g. |:cc|, |:cnext|, |:cprev|, etc.), that entry becomes the
+currently selected entry. The index of the currently selected entry in a
+quickfix/location list can be obtained using the getqflist()/getloclist()
+functions. Examples: >
+	echo getqflist({'idx' : 0}).idx
+	echo getqflist({'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 0}).idx
+	echo getloclist(2, {'idx' : 0}).idx
+<
+For a new quickfix list, the first entry is selected and the index is 1.  Any
+entry in any quickfix/location list can be set as the currently selected entry
+using the setqflist() function. Examples: >
+	call setqflist([], 'a', {'idx' : 12})
+	call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 7})
+	call setloclist(1, [], 'a', {'idx' : 7})
 <
 							*quickfix-size*
 You can get the number of entries (size) in a quickfix and a location list
@@ -657,6 +675,9 @@ using these functions are below:
 
     " get the location list window id of the third window
     :echo getloclist(3, {'winid' : 0}).winid
+
+    " get the file window id of a location list window (winnr: 4)
+    :echo getloclist(4, {'filewinid' : 0}).filewinid
 <
 							*setqflist-examples*
 The |setqflist()| and |setloclist()| functions can be used to set the various
@@ -671,6 +692,9 @@ using these functions are below:
     " set the title of the current quickfix list
     :call setqflist([], 'a', {'title' : 'Mytitle'})
 
+    " change the current entry in the list specified by an identifier
+    :call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'idx' : 10})
+
     " set the context of a quickfix list specified by an identifier
     :call setqflist([], 'a', {'id' : qfid, 'context' : {'val' : 100}})
 
@@ -1551,7 +1575,7 @@ The backslashes before the pipe character are required to avoid it to be
 recognized as a command separator.  The backslash before each space is
 required for the set command.
 
-					    *cfilter-plugin* *Cfilter* *Lfilter*
+				    *cfilter-plugin* *:Cfilter* *:Lfilter*
 If you have too many matching messages, you can use the cfilter plugin to
 reduce the number of entries.  Load the plugin with: >
    packadd cfilter

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 04
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -335,7 +335,10 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 			|+eval| feature}
 
 :scr[iptnames][!] {scriptId}			*:script*
-			Edit script {scriptId}.  Suggested name is ":script".
+			Edit script {scriptId}.  Although ":scriptnames name"
+			works, using ":script name" is recommended.
+			When the current buffer can't be |abandon|ed and the !
+			is not present, the command fails.
 
 						*:fini* *:finish* *E168*
 :fini[sh]		Stop sourcing a script.  Can only be used in a Vim

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2016 Aug 17
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ terminal emulator.
 Signs and highlights are not useful just for debuggers.  Sun's Visual
 WorkShop uses signs and highlights to mark build errors and SourceBrowser
 hits.  Additionally, the debugger supports 8 to 10 different signs and
-highlight colors. |workshop|  Same for Netbeans |netbeans|.
+highlight colors, see |NetBeans|.
 
 There are two steps in using signs:
 
@@ -43,6 +43,7 @@ There are two steps in using signs:
    displayed.  A defined sign can be placed several times in different lines
    and files.
 
+							*sign-column*
 When signs are defined for a file, Vim will automatically add a column of two
 characters to display them in.  When the last sign is unplaced the column
 disappears again.  This behavior can be changed with the 'signcolumn' option.
@@ -51,6 +52,34 @@ The color of the column is set with the SignColumn group |hl-SignColumn|.
 Example to set the color: >
 
 	:highlight SignColumn guibg=darkgrey
+<
+							*sign-identifier*
+Each placed sign is identified by a number called the sign identifier. This
+identifier is used to jump to the sign or to remove the sign. The identifier
+is assigned when placing the sign using the |:sign-place| command or the
+|sign_place()| function. Each sign identifier should be a unique number. If
+multiple placed signs use the same identifier, then jumping to or removing a
+sign becomes unpredictable. To avoid overlapping identifiers, sign groups can
+be used. The |sign_place()| function can be called with a zero sign identifier
+to allocate the next available identifier.
+
+							*sign-group*
+Each placed sign can be assigned to either the global group or a named group.
+When placing a sign, if a group name is not supplied, or an empty string is
+used, then the sign is placed in the global group. Otherwise the sign is
+placed in the named group. The sign identifier is unique within a group. The
+sign group allows Vim plugins to use unique signs without interfering with
+other plugins using signs.
+
+							*sign-priority*
+Each placed sign is assigned a priority value. When multiple signs are placed
+on the same line, the attributes of the sign with the highest priority is used
+independent of the sign group. The default priority for a sign is 10. The
+priority is assigned at the time of placing a sign.
+
+When the line on which the sign is placed is deleted, the sign is moved to the
+next line (or the last line of the buffer, if there is no next line).  When
+the delete is undone the sign does not move back.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Commands					*sign-commands* *:sig* *:sign*
@@ -69,10 +98,12 @@ comment.  If you do need that, use the |:execute| command.
 
 DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 
+See |sign_define()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
+
 :sign define {name} {argument}...
 		Define a new sign or set attributes for an existing sign.
 		The {name} can either be a number (all digits) or a name
-		starting with a non-digit.  Leading digits are ignored, thus
+		starting with a non-digit.  Leading zeros are ignored, thus
 		"0012", "012" and "12" are considered the same name.
 		About 120 different signs can be defined.
 
@@ -106,13 +137,18 @@ DEFINING A SIGN.			*:sign-define* *E255* *E160* *E612*
 
 DELETING A SIGN						*:sign-undefine* *E155*
 
+See |sign_undefine()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
+
 :sign undefine {name}
 		Deletes a previously defined sign.  If signs with this {name}
 		are still placed this will cause trouble.
 
 
+
 LISTING SIGNS						*:sign-list* *E156*
 
+See |sign_getdefined()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
+
 :sign list	Lists all defined signs and their attributes.
 
 :sign list {name}
@@ -121,6 +157,8 @@ LISTING SIGNS						*:sign-list* *E156*
 
 PLACING SIGNS						*:sign-place* *E158*
 
+See |sign_place()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
+
 :sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}
 		Place sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file {fname}.
 							*:sign-fname*
@@ -136,8 +174,28 @@ PLACING SIGNS						*:sign-place* *E158*
 		to be done several times and making changes may not work as
 		expected).
 
-:sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} buffer={nr}
-		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
+		The following optional sign attributes can be specified before
+		"file=":
+			group={group}	Place sign in sign group {group}
+			priority={prio}	Assign priority {prio} to sign
+
+		By default, the sign is placed in the global sign group.
+
+		By default, the sign is assigned a default priority of 10. To
+		assign a different priority value, use "priority={prio}" to
+		specify a value. The priority is used to determine the
+		highlight group used when multiple signs are placed on the
+		same line.
+
+		Examples: >
+			:sign place 5 line=3 name=sign1 file=a.py
+			:sign place 6 group=g2 line=2 name=sign2 file=x.py
+			:sign place 9 group=g2 priority=50 line=5
+							\ name=sign1 file=a.py
+<
+:sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} [buffer={nr}]
+		Same, but use buffer {nr}.  If the buffer argument is not
+		given, place the sign in the current buffer.
 
 							*E885*
 :sign place {id} name={name} file={fname}
@@ -146,50 +204,126 @@ PLACING SIGNS						*:sign-place* *E158*
 		This can be used to change the displayed sign without moving
 		it (e.g., when the debugger has stopped at a breakpoint).
 
-:sign place {id} name={name} buffer={nr}
-		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
+		The optional "group={group}" attribute can be used before
+		"file=" to select a sign in a particular group.
+
+:sign place {id} name={name} [buffer={nr}]
+		Same, but use buffer {nr}.  If the buffer argument is not
+		given, use the current buffer.
 
 
 REMOVING SIGNS						*:sign-unplace* *E159*
 
+See |sign_unplace()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
+
 :sign unplace {id} file={fname}
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from file {fname}.
 		See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.
 
+:sign unplace {id} group={group} file={fname}
+		Same but remove the sign {id} in sign group {group}.
+
+:sign unplace {id} group=* file={fname}
+		Same but remove the sign {id} from all the sign groups.
+
 :sign unplace * file={fname}
 		Remove all placed signs in file {fname}.
 
+:sign unplace * group={group} file={fname}
+		Remove all placed signs in group {group} from file {fname}.
+
+:sign unplace * group=* file={fname}
+		Remove all placed signs in all the groups from file {fname}.
+
 :sign unplace {id} buffer={nr}
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from buffer {nr}.
 
+:sign unplace {id} group={group} buffer={nr}
+		Remove the previously placed sign {id} in group {group} from
+		buffer {nr}.
+
+:sign unplace {id} group=* buffer={nr}
+		Remove the previously placed sign {id} in all the groups from
+		buffer {nr}.
+
 :sign unplace * buffer={nr}
 		Remove all placed signs in buffer {nr}.
 
+:sign unplace * group={group} buffer={nr}
+		Remove all placed signs in group {group} from buffer {nr}.
+
+:sign unplace * group=* buffer={nr}
+		Remove all placed signs in all the groups from buffer {nr}.
+
 :sign unplace {id}
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from all files it
 		appears in.
 
+:sign unplace {id} group={group}
+		Remove the previously placed sign {id} in group {group} from
+		all files it appears in.
+
+:sign unplace {id} group=*
+		Remove the previously placed sign {id} in all the groups from
+		all the files it appears in.
+
 :sign unplace *
-		Remove all placed signs.
+		Remove all placed signs in the global group from all the files.
+
+:sign unplace * group={group}
+		Remove all placed signs in group {group} from all the files.
+
+:sign unplace * group=*
+		Remove all placed signs in all the groups from all the files.
 
 :sign unplace
-		Remove the placed sign at the cursor position.
+		Remove a placed sign at the cursor position. If multiple signs
+		are placed in the line, then only one is removed.
+
+:sign unplace group={group}
+		Remove a placed sign in group {group} at the cursor
+		position.
+
+:sign unplace group=*
+		Remove a placed sign in any group at the cursor position.
 
 
 LISTING PLACED SIGNS					*:sign-place-list*
 
+See |sign_getplaced()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
+
 :sign place file={fname}
 		List signs placed in file {fname}.
 		See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.
 
+:sign place group={group} file={fname}
+		List signs in group {group} placed in file {fname}.
+
+:sign place group=* file={fname}
+		List signs in all the groups placed in file {fname}.
+
 :sign place buffer={nr}
 		List signs placed in buffer {nr}.
 
-:sign place	List placed signs in all files.
+:sign place group={group} buffer={nr}
+		List signs in group {group} placed in buffer {nr}.
+
+:sign place group=* buffer={nr}
+		List signs in all the groups placed in buffer {nr}.
+
+:sign place	List placed signs in the global group in all files.
+
+:sign place group={group}
+		List placed signs with sign group {group} in all files.
+
+:sign place group=*
+		List placed signs in all sign groups in all files.
 
 
 JUMPING TO A SIGN					*:sign-jump* *E157*
 
+See |sign_jump()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
+
 :sign jump {id} file={fname}
 		Open the file {fname} or jump to the window that contains
 		{fname} and position the cursor at sign {id}.
@@ -197,9 +331,16 @@ JUMPING TO A SIGN					*:sign-jump* *E157*
 		If the file isn't displayed in window and the current file can
 		not be |abandon|ed this fails.
 
-:sign jump {id} buffer={nr}					*E934*
+:sign jump {id} group={group} file={fname}
+		Same but jump to the sign in group {group}
+
+:sign jump {id} [buffer={nr}]					*E934*
 		Same, but use buffer {nr}.  This fails if buffer {nr} does not
-		have a name.
+		have a name. If the buffer argument is not given, use the
+		current buffer.
+
+:sign jump {id} group={group} [buffer={nr}]
+		Same but jump to the sign in group {group}
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ When the Myspell files are updated you can merge the differences:
 	vimdiff xx_YY.orig.dic xx_YY.new.dic
 3. Take over the changes you like in xx_YY.dic.
    You may also need to change xx_YY.aff.
-4. Rename xx_YY.new.dic to xx_YY.orig.dic and xx_YY.new.aff to xx_YY.new.aff.
+4. Rename xx_YY.new.dic to xx_YY.orig.dic and xx_YY.new.aff to xx_YY.orig.aff.
 
 
 SPELL FILE VERSIONS					*E770* *E771* *E772*
@@ -1582,6 +1582,10 @@ CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE  (Hunspell)			*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE*
 		Forbid three identical characters when compounding.  Not
 		supported.
 
+CHECKSHARPS  (Hunspell))			*spell-CHECKSHARPS*
+		SS letter pair in uppercased (German) words may be upper case
+		sharp s (ß). Not supported.
+
 COMPLEXPREFIXES  (Hunspell)				*spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES*
 		Enables using two prefixes.  Not supported.
 
@@ -1595,12 +1599,21 @@ COMPOUNDFIRST	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDFIRST*
 		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
 
 COMPOUNDBEGIN	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDBEGIN*
+		Words signed with COMPOUNDBEGIN may be first elements in
+		compound words.
+		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
+
+COMPOUNDLAST	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDLAST*
+		Words signed with COMPOUNDLAST may be last elements in
+		compound words.
 		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
 
 COMPOUNDEND	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDEND*
-		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
+		Probably the same as COMPOUNDLAST
 
 COMPOUNDMIDDLE	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE*
+		Words signed with COMPOUNDMIDDLE may be middle elements in
+		compound words.
 		Use COMPOUNDRULE instead. |spell-COMPOUNDRULE|
 
 COMPOUNDRULES	(Hunspell)				*spell-COMPOUNDRULES*

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 30
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Dec 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -23,21 +23,22 @@ In the User Manual:
 1.  Quick start			|:syn-qstart|
 2.  Syntax files		|:syn-files|
 3.  Syntax loading procedure	|syntax-loading|
-4.  Syntax file remarks		|:syn-file-remarks|
-5.  Defining a syntax		|:syn-define|
-6.  :syntax arguments		|:syn-arguments|
-7.  Syntax patterns		|:syn-pattern|
-8.  Syntax clusters		|:syn-cluster|
-9.  Including syntax files	|:syn-include|
-10. Synchronizing		|:syn-sync|
-11. Listing syntax items	|:syntax|
-12. Highlight command		|:highlight|
-13. Linking groups		|:highlight-link|
-14. Cleaning up			|:syn-clear|
-15. Highlighting tags		|tag-highlight|
-16. Window-local syntax		|:ownsyntax|
-17. Color xterms		|xterm-color|
-18. When syntax is slow		|:syntime|
+4.  Converting to HTML		|2html.vim|
+5.  Syntax file remarks		|:syn-file-remarks|
+6.  Defining a syntax		|:syn-define|
+7.  :syntax arguments		|:syn-arguments|
+8.  Syntax patterns		|:syn-pattern|
+9.  Syntax clusters		|:syn-cluster|
+10. Including syntax files	|:syn-include|
+11. Synchronizing		|:syn-sync|
+12. Listing syntax items	|:syntax|
+13. Highlight command		|:highlight|
+14. Linking groups		|:highlight-link|
+15. Cleaning up			|:syn-clear|
+16. Highlighting tags		|tag-highlight|
+17. Window-local syntax		|:ownsyntax|
+18. Color xterms		|xterm-color|
+19. When syntax is slow		|:syntime|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -368,20 +369,9 @@ Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
 	syntax.
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Syntax file remarks					*:syn-file-remarks*
+4. Conversion to HTML				*2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
 
-						*b:current_syntax-variable*
-Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
-"b:current_syntax" variable.  You can use this if you want to load other
-settings, depending on which syntax is active.	Example: >
-   :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
-   :au BufReadPost *   do-some-things
-   :au BufReadPost * endif
-
-
-2HTML						*2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
-
-This is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
+2html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
 window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
 
 After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
@@ -773,6 +763,18 @@ When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
 >
     :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
 <
+==============================================================================
+5. Syntax file remarks					*:syn-file-remarks*
+
+						*b:current_syntax-variable*
+Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
+"b:current_syntax" variable.  You can use this if you want to load other
+settings, depending on which syntax is active.	Example: >
+   :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
+   :au BufReadPost *   do-some-things
+   :au BufReadPost * endif
+
+
 
 ABEL						*abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
 
@@ -2700,9 +2702,29 @@ later, and part earlier) adds.
 
 RESTRUCTURED TEXT			*rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
 
-You may set what syntax definitions should be used for code blocks via >
+Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
+select number of file types.  See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
+syntax list.
+
+To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
 	let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
-<
+
+To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
+`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
+	let rst_syntax_code_list = {
+		\ 'cpp' = ['cpp', 'c++'],
+                \ 'bash' = ['bash', 'sh'],
+		...
+	}
+
+To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
+	let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
+
+To enable folding of sections: >
+	let rst_fold_enabled = 1
+
+Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
+
 
 REXX						*rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
 
@@ -3484,7 +3506,7 @@ The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
 	:let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Defining a syntax					*:syn-define* *E410*
+6. Defining a syntax					*:syn-define* *E410*
 
 Vim understands three types of syntax items:
 
@@ -3843,7 +3865,7 @@ DEFINING REGIONS	*:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
 The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. :syntax arguments					*:syn-arguments*
+7. :syntax arguments					*:syn-arguments*
 
 The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
 The common ones are explained here.  The arguments may be given in any order
@@ -4164,7 +4186,7 @@ IMPLICIT CONCEAL					*:syn-conceal-implicit*
 	Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off" (translated).
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. Syntax patterns				*:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
+8. Syntax patterns				*:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
 
 In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
 characters.  This is like it works for the ":s" command.  The most common to
@@ -4342,7 +4364,7 @@ Note that only matches within a single line can be used.  Multi-line matches
 cannot be referred to.
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Syntax clusters					*:syn-cluster* *E400*
+9. Syntax clusters					*:syn-cluster* *E400*
 
 :sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
 				 [add={group-name}..]
@@ -4388,7 +4410,7 @@ This also has implications for nested clusters: >
 The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
 
 ==============================================================================
-9. Including syntax files				*:syn-include* *E397*
+10. Including syntax files				*:syn-include* *E397*
 
 It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
 a related language.  Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
@@ -4429,7 +4451,7 @@ two different ways:
 The maximum number of includes is 999.
 
 ==============================================================================
-10. Synchronizing				*:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
+11. Synchronizing				*:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
 
 Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document.  To
 make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
@@ -4621,7 +4643,7 @@ You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
    :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
 
 ==============================================================================
-11. Listing syntax items		*:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
+12. Listing syntax items		*:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
 
 This command lists all the syntax items: >
 
@@ -4641,7 +4663,7 @@ Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
 is mostly used, because it looks better.
 
 ==============================================================================
-12. Highlight command			*:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
+13. Highlight command			*:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
 
 There are three types of highlight groups:
 - The ones used for specific languages.  For these the name starts with the
@@ -5134,7 +5156,7 @@ Tooltip		Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
 		set.
 
 ==============================================================================
-13. Linking groups		*:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
+14. Linking groups		*:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
 
 When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
 can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
@@ -5172,7 +5194,7 @@ Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
 overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
 
 ==============================================================================
-14. Cleaning up						*:syn-clear* *E391*
+15. Cleaning up						*:syn-clear* *E391*
 
 If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
 command: >
@@ -5263,7 +5285,7 @@ syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
 		them.
 
 ==============================================================================
-15. Highlighting tags					*tag-highlight*
+16. Highlighting tags					*tag-highlight*
 
 If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
 mappings.
@@ -5298,7 +5320,7 @@ And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
    autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
 
 ==============================================================================
-16. Window-local syntax				*:ownsyntax*
+17. Window-local syntax				*:ownsyntax*
 
 Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
 possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
@@ -5328,7 +5350,7 @@ is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
 When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
 
 ==============================================================================
-17. Color xterms				*xterm-color* *color-xterm*
+18. Color xterms				*xterm-color* *color-xterm*
 
 Most color xterms have only eight colors.  If you don't get colors with the
 default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
@@ -5472,7 +5494,7 @@ that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-18. When syntax is slow						*:syntime*
+19. When syntax is slow						*:syntime*
 
 This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1110,6 +1110,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'termbidi'	options.txt	/*'termbidi'*
 'termencoding'	options.txt	/*'termencoding'*
 'termguicolors'	options.txt	/*'termguicolors'*
+'termmode'	options.txt	/*'termmode'*
 'termwinkey'	options.txt	/*'termwinkey'*
 'termwinscroll'	options.txt	/*'termwinscroll'*
 'termwinsize'	options.txt	/*'termwinsize'*
@@ -1130,6 +1131,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'titlestring'	options.txt	/*'titlestring'*
 'tl'	options.txt	/*'tl'*
 'tm'	options.txt	/*'tm'*
+'tmod'	options.txt	/*'tmod'*
 'to'	options.txt	/*'to'*
 'toolbar'	options.txt	/*'toolbar'*
 'toolbariconsize'	options.txt	/*'toolbariconsize'*
@@ -1378,6 +1380,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +terminfo	various.txt	/*+terminfo*
 +termresponse	various.txt	/*+termresponse*
 +textobjects	various.txt	/*+textobjects*
++textprop	various.txt	/*+textprop*
 +tgetent	various.txt	/*+tgetent*
 +timers	various.txt	/*+timers*
 +title	various.txt	/*+title*
@@ -1739,6 +1742,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 05.6	usr_05.txt	/*05.6*
 05.7	usr_05.txt	/*05.7*
 05.8	usr_05.txt	/*05.8*
+05.9	usr_05.txt	/*05.9*
 06.1	usr_06.txt	/*06.1*
 06.2	usr_06.txt	/*06.2*
 06.3	usr_06.txt	/*06.3*
@@ -1971,6 +1975,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :AdaTypes	ft_ada.txt	/*:AdaTypes*
 :Arguments	terminal.txt	/*:Arguments*
 :Break	terminal.txt	/*:Break*
+:Cfilter	quickfix.txt	/*:Cfilter*
 :Clear	terminal.txt	/*:Clear*
 :CompilerSet	usr_41.txt	/*:CompilerSet*
 :Continue	terminal.txt	/*:Continue*
@@ -1990,6 +1995,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :LPE	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LPE*
 :LPF	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LPF*
 :Lexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Lexplore*
+:Lfilter	quickfix.txt	/*:Lfilter*
 :LogiPat	pi_logipat.txt	/*:LogiPat*
 :Man	filetype.txt	/*:Man*
 :MkVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:MkVimball*
@@ -2258,6 +2264,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :cp	quickfix.txt	/*:cp*
 :cpf	quickfix.txt	/*:cpf*
 :cpfile	quickfix.txt	/*:cpfile*
+:cprev	quickfix.txt	/*:cprev*
 :cprevious	quickfix.txt	/*:cprevious*
 :cq	quickfix.txt	/*:cq*
 :cquit	quickfix.txt	/*:cquit*
@@ -2604,6 +2611,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :lp	quickfix.txt	/*:lp*
 :lpf	quickfix.txt	/*:lpf*
 :lpfile	quickfix.txt	/*:lpfile*
+:lprev	quickfix.txt	/*:lprev*
 :lprevious	quickfix.txt	/*:lprevious*
 :lr	quickfix.txt	/*:lr*
 :lrewind	quickfix.txt	/*:lrewind*
@@ -2862,6 +2870,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :redraw	various.txt	/*:redraw*
 :redraws	various.txt	/*:redraws*
 :redrawstatus	various.txt	/*:redrawstatus*
+:redrawt	various.txt	/*:redrawt*
+:redrawtabline	various.txt	/*:redrawtabline*
 :reg	change.txt	/*:reg*
 :registers	change.txt	/*:registers*
 :res	windows.txt	/*:res*
@@ -2946,6 +2956,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :scl	change.txt	/*:scl*
 :scp	change.txt	/*:scp*
 :scr	repeat.txt	/*:scr*
+:script	repeat.txt	/*:script*
 :scripte	repeat.txt	/*:scripte*
 :scriptencoding	repeat.txt	/*:scriptencoding*
 :scriptnames	repeat.txt	/*:scriptnames*
@@ -3338,8 +3349,6 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :write_a	editing.txt	/*:write_a*
 :write_c	editing.txt	/*:write_c*
 :write_f	editing.txt	/*:write_f*
-:ws	workshop.txt	/*:ws*
-:wsverb	workshop.txt	/*:wsverb*
 :wundo	undo.txt	/*:wundo*
 :wv	starting.txt	/*:wv*
 :wviminfo	starting.txt	/*:wviminfo*
@@ -3619,6 +3628,9 @@ Athena	gui_x11.txt	/*Athena*
 B	motion.txt	/*B*
 BeBox	os_beos.txt	/*BeBox*
 BeOS	os_beos.txt	/*BeOS*
+Blob	eval.txt	/*Blob*
+Blobs	eval.txt	/*Blobs*
+Boolean	eval.txt	/*Boolean*
 Bram	intro.txt	/*Bram*
 BufAdd	autocmd.txt	/*BufAdd*
 BufCreate	autocmd.txt	/*BufCreate*
@@ -3762,7 +3774,6 @@ CTRL-\_CTRL-N	intro.txt	/*CTRL-\\_CTRL-N*
 CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*CTRL-]*
 CTRL-^	editing.txt	/*CTRL-^*
 CTRL-{char}	intro.txt	/*CTRL-{char}*
-Cfilter	quickfix.txt	/*Cfilter*
 Channel	eval.txt	/*Channel*
 Channels	eval.txt	/*Channels*
 Chinese	mbyte.txt	/*Chinese*
@@ -3787,6 +3798,7 @@ Colors.plist	gui_mac.txt	/*Colors.plist*
 Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
 CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
+ConPTY	terminal.txt	/*ConPTY*
 Contents	quickref.txt	/*Contents*
 Cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*Cscope*
 CursorHold	autocmd.txt	/*CursorHold*
@@ -3799,6 +3811,7 @@ D	change.txt	/*D*
 DOS	os_dos.txt	/*DOS*
 DOS-format	editing.txt	/*DOS-format*
 DOS-format-write	editing.txt	/*DOS-format-write*
+Dict	eval.txt	/*Dict*
 Dictionaries	eval.txt	/*Dictionaries*
 Dictionary	eval.txt	/*Dictionary*
 Dictionary-function	eval.txt	/*Dictionary-function*
@@ -4179,7 +4192,6 @@ E457	print.txt	/*E457*
 E458	message.txt	/*E458*
 E459	message.txt	/*E459*
 E46	message.txt	/*E46*
-E460	message.txt	/*E460*
 E461	eval.txt	/*E461*
 E462	editing.txt	/*E462*
 E463	netbeans.txt	/*E463*
@@ -4638,7 +4650,10 @@ E892	eval.txt	/*E892*
 E893	eval.txt	/*E893*
 E894	eval.txt	/*E894*
 E895	if_mzsch.txt	/*E895*
+E896	eval.txt	/*E896*
+E897	eval.txt	/*E897*
 E898	channel.txt	/*E898*
+E899	eval.txt	/*E899*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
 E901	channel.txt	/*E901*
 E902	channel.txt	/*E902*
@@ -4707,8 +4722,26 @@ E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E960	options.txt	/*E960*
 E961	cmdline.txt	/*E961*
 E962	eval.txt	/*E962*
+E963	eval.txt	/*E963*
+E964	eval.txt	/*E964*
+E965	eval.txt	/*E965*
+E966	eval.txt	/*E966*
+E967	textprop.txt	/*E967*
+E968	eval.txt	/*E968*
+E969	eval.txt	/*E969*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
+E970	eval.txt	/*E970*
+E971	textprop.txt	/*E971*
+E972	eval.txt	/*E972*
+E973	eval.txt	/*E973*
+E974	eval.txt	/*E974*
+E975	eval.txt	/*E975*
+E976	eval.txt	/*E976*
+E977	eval.txt	/*E977*
+E978	eval.txt	/*E978*
+E979	eval.txt	/*E979*
 E98	diff.txt	/*E98*
+E980	eval.txt	/*E980*
 E99	diff.txt	/*E99*
 EX	intro.txt	/*EX*
 EXINIT	starting.txt	/*EXINIT*
@@ -4781,7 +4814,6 @@ KVim	gui_x11.txt	/*KVim*
 Kibaale	uganda.txt	/*Kibaale*
 Korean	mbyte.txt	/*Korean*
 L	motion.txt	/*L*
-Lfilter	quickfix.txt	/*Lfilter*
 Linux-backspace	options.txt	/*Linux-backspace*
 List	eval.txt	/*List*
 Lists	eval.txt	/*Lists*
@@ -4834,8 +4866,11 @@ N:	cmdline.txt	/*N:*
 N<Del>	various.txt	/*N<Del>*
 NFA	pattern.txt	/*NFA*
 NL-used-for-Nul	pattern.txt	/*NL-used-for-Nul*
+Neovim	intro.txt	/*Neovim*
 NetBSD-backspace	options.txt	/*NetBSD-backspace*
+NetBeans	netbeans.txt	/*NetBeans*
 NetUserPass()	pi_netrw.txt	/*NetUserPass()*
+None	eval.txt	/*None*
 Normal	intro.txt	/*Normal*
 Normal-mode	intro.txt	/*Normal-mode*
 Number	eval.txt	/*Number*
@@ -4944,6 +4979,7 @@ SessionLoadPost	autocmd.txt	/*SessionLoadPost*
 ShellCmdPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellCmdPost*
 ShellFilterPost	autocmd.txt	/*ShellFilterPost*
 SourceCmd	autocmd.txt	/*SourceCmd*
+SourcePost	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePost*
 SourcePre	autocmd.txt	/*SourcePre*
 Special	eval.txt	/*Special*
 SpellFileMissing	autocmd.txt	/*SpellFileMissing*
@@ -5057,7 +5093,10 @@ ZZ	editing.txt	/*ZZ*
 [:cntrl:]	pattern.txt	/*[:cntrl:]*
 [:digit:]	pattern.txt	/*[:digit:]*
 [:escape:]	pattern.txt	/*[:escape:]*
+[:fname:]	pattern.txt	/*[:fname:]*
 [:graph:]	pattern.txt	/*[:graph:]*
+[:ident:]	pattern.txt	/*[:ident:]*
+[:keyword:]	pattern.txt	/*[:keyword:]*
 [:lower:]	pattern.txt	/*[:lower:]*
 [:print:]	pattern.txt	/*[:print:]*
 [:punct:]	pattern.txt	/*[:punct:]*
@@ -5348,6 +5387,11 @@ beval_winid-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winid-variable*
 beval_winnr-variable	eval.txt	/*beval_winnr-variable*
 binary-number	eval.txt	/*binary-number*
 bitwise-function	usr_41.txt	/*bitwise-function*
+blob	eval.txt	/*blob*
+blob-identity	eval.txt	/*blob-identity*
+blob-index	eval.txt	/*blob-index*
+blob-literal	eval.txt	/*blob-literal*
+blob-modification	eval.txt	/*blob-modification*
 blockwise-examples	visual.txt	/*blockwise-examples*
 blockwise-operators	visual.txt	/*blockwise-operators*
 blockwise-register	change.txt	/*blockwise-register*
@@ -5358,6 +5402,7 @@ bold	syntax.txt	/*bold*
 bom-bytes	mbyte.txt	/*bom-bytes*
 book	intro.txt	/*book*
 bookmark	usr_03.txt	/*bookmark*
+books	intro.txt	/*books*
 boolean	options.txt	/*boolean*
 break-finally	eval.txt	/*break-finally*
 browse()	eval.txt	/*browse()*
@@ -5527,6 +5572,7 @@ ch_log()	eval.txt	/*ch_log()*
 ch_logfile()	eval.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
 ch_open()	eval.txt	/*ch_open()*
 ch_read()	eval.txt	/*ch_read()*
+ch_readblob()	eval.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
 ch_readraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
 ch_sendexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
 ch_sendraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
@@ -5889,6 +5935,7 @@ dec-mouse	options.txt	/*dec-mouse*
 decada_members	ft_ada.txt	/*decada_members*
 deepcopy()	eval.txt	/*deepcopy()*
 defaults.vim	starting.txt	/*defaults.vim*
+defaults.vim-explained	usr_05.txt	/*defaults.vim-explained*
 definition-search	tagsrch.txt	/*definition-search*
 definitions	intro.txt	/*definitions*
 delete()	eval.txt	/*delete()*
@@ -6263,6 +6310,7 @@ foldtext()	eval.txt	/*foldtext()*
 foldtextresult()	eval.txt	/*foldtextresult()*
 font-sizes	gui_x11.txt	/*font-sizes*
 fontset	mbyte.txt	/*fontset*
+forced-motion	motion.txt	/*forced-motion*
 foreground()	eval.txt	/*foreground()*
 fork	os_unix.txt	/*fork*
 form.vim	syntax.txt	/*form.vim*
@@ -7358,7 +7406,7 @@ lambda	eval.txt	/*lambda*
 lang-variable	eval.txt	/*lang-variable*
 language-mapping	map.txt	/*language-mapping*
 last-pattern	pattern.txt	/*last-pattern*
-last-position-jump	eval.txt	/*last-position-jump*
+last-position-jump	usr_05.txt	/*last-position-jump*
 last_buffer_nr()	eval.txt	/*last_buffer_nr()*
 latex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*latex-syntax*
 lc_time-variable	eval.txt	/*lc_time-variable*
@@ -7413,6 +7461,7 @@ locale	mbyte.txt	/*locale*
 locale-name	mbyte.txt	/*locale-name*
 localtime()	eval.txt	/*localtime()*
 location-list	quickfix.txt	/*location-list*
+location-list-file-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-file-window*
 location-list-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-window*
 log()	eval.txt	/*log()*
 log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
@@ -7693,6 +7742,7 @@ netbeans-protocol	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-protocol*
 netbeans-run	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-run*
 netbeans-setup	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-setup*
 netbeans-support	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-support*
+netbeans-xpm	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans-xpm*
 netbeans.txt	netbeans.txt	/*netbeans.txt*
 netreadfixup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netreadfixup*
 netrw	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw*
@@ -8127,6 +8177,7 @@ peace	intro.txt	/*peace*
 penc-option	print.txt	/*penc-option*
 perl	if_perl.txt	/*perl*
 perl-Append	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Append*
+perl-Blob	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Blob*
 perl-Buffer	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Buffer*
 perl-Buffers	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Buffers*
 perl-Count	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Count*
@@ -8235,7 +8286,18 @@ prompt-buffer	channel.txt	/*prompt-buffer*
 prompt_setcallback()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setcallback()*
 prompt_setinterrupt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 prompt_setprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setprompt()*
+promptbuffer-functions	usr_41.txt	/*promptbuffer-functions*
 pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
+prop_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_add()*
+prop_clear()	eval.txt	/*prop_clear()*
+prop_find()	eval.txt	/*prop_find()*
+prop_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_list()*
+prop_remove()	eval.txt	/*prop_remove()*
+prop_type_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_add()*
+prop_type_change()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_change()*
+prop_type_delete()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_delete()*
+prop_type_get()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_list()*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
 ptcap.vim	syntax.txt	/*ptcap.vim*
 pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
@@ -8310,6 +8372,7 @@ quickfix-directory-stack	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-directory-stack*
 quickfix-error-lists	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-error-lists*
 quickfix-functions	usr_41.txt	/*quickfix-functions*
 quickfix-gcc	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-gcc*
+quickfix-index	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-index*
 quickfix-manx	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-manx*
 quickfix-parse	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-parse*
 quickfix-perl	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-perl*
@@ -8429,6 +8492,7 @@ rrst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rrst.vim*
 rst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rst.vim*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
 ruby	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby*
+ruby-blob	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-blob*
 ruby-buffer	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-buffer*
 ruby-command	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-command*
 ruby-commands	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-commands*
@@ -8579,10 +8643,22 @@ shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
 shiftwidth()	eval.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
+sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
+sign-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sign-functions*
+sign-group	sign.txt	/*sign-group*
+sign-identifier	sign.txt	/*sign-identifier*
 sign-intro	sign.txt	/*sign-intro*
+sign-priority	sign.txt	/*sign-priority*
 sign-support	sign.txt	/*sign-support*
 sign.txt	sign.txt	/*sign.txt*
+sign_define()	eval.txt	/*sign_define()*
+sign_getdefined()	eval.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
+sign_getplaced()	eval.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
+sign_jump()	eval.txt	/*sign_jump()*
+sign_place()	eval.txt	/*sign_place()*
+sign_undefine()	eval.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
+sign_unplace()	eval.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
 signs	sign.txt	/*signs*
 simple-change	change.txt	/*simple-change*
 simplify()	eval.txt	/*simplify()*
@@ -8619,6 +8695,7 @@ spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDDUP*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDPATTERN*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDREP	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDREP*
 spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKCOMPOUNDTRIPLE*
+spell-CHECKSHARPS	spell.txt	/*spell-CHECKSHARPS*
 spell-CIRCUMFIX	spell.txt	/*spell-CIRCUMFIX*
 spell-COMMON	spell.txt	/*spell-COMMON*
 spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPLEXPREFIXES*
@@ -8628,6 +8705,7 @@ spell-COMPOUNDEND	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDEND*
 spell-COMPOUNDFIRST	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDFIRST*
 spell-COMPOUNDFLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDFLAG*
 spell-COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDFORBIDFLAG*
+spell-COMPOUNDLAST	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDLAST*
 spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDMIDDLE*
 spell-COMPOUNDMIN	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDMIN*
 spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG	spell.txt	/*spell-COMPOUNDPERMITFLAG*
@@ -8931,6 +9009,7 @@ t_ZH	term.txt	/*t_ZH*
 t_ZR	term.txt	/*t_ZR*
 t_al	term.txt	/*t_al*
 t_bc	term.txt	/*t_bc*
+t_blob-variable	eval.txt	/*t_blob-variable*
 t_bool-variable	eval.txt	/*t_bool-variable*
 t_cd	term.txt	/*t_cd*
 t_cdl	version4.txt	/*t_cdl*
@@ -9057,6 +9136,7 @@ tag-binary-search	tagsrch.txt	/*tag-binary-search*
 tag-blocks	motion.txt	/*tag-blocks*
 tag-commands	tagsrch.txt	/*tag-commands*
 tag-details	tagsrch.txt	/*tag-details*
+tag-functions	usr_41.txt	/*tag-functions*
 tag-highlight	syntax.txt	/*tag-highlight*
 tag-matchlist	tagsrch.txt	/*tag-matchlist*
 tag-old-static	tagsrch.txt	/*tag-old-static*
@@ -9221,6 +9301,7 @@ test_autochdir()	eval.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
 test_feedinput()	eval.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
 test_garbagecollect_now()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
 test_ignore_error()	eval.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_null_blob()	eval.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
 test_null_channel()	eval.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
 test_null_dict()	eval.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
 test_null_job()	eval.txt	/*test_null_job()*
@@ -9253,7 +9334,12 @@ tex.vim	syntax.txt	/*tex.vim*
 text-functions	usr_41.txt	/*text-functions*
 text-objects	motion.txt	/*text-objects*
 text-objects-changed	version5.txt	/*text-objects-changed*
+text-prop-changes	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-changes*
+text-prop-functions	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-functions*
+text-prop-intro	textprop.txt	/*text-prop-intro*
+text-properties	textprop.txt	/*text-properties*
 textlock	eval.txt	/*textlock*
+textprop.txt	textprop.txt	/*textprop.txt*
 tf.vim	syntax.txt	/*tf.vim*
 this_session-variable	eval.txt	/*this_session-variable*
 throw-catch	eval.txt	/*throw-catch*
@@ -9439,6 +9525,7 @@ v:swapchoice	eval.txt	/*v:swapchoice*
 v:swapcommand	eval.txt	/*v:swapcommand*
 v:swapname	eval.txt	/*v:swapname*
 v:t_TYPE	eval.txt	/*v:t_TYPE*
+v:t_blob	eval.txt	/*v:t_blob*
 v:t_bool	eval.txt	/*v:t_bool*
 v:t_channel	eval.txt	/*v:t_channel*
 v:t_dict	eval.txt	/*v:t_dict*
@@ -9810,12 +9897,7 @@ word-motions	motion.txt	/*word-motions*
 wordcount()	eval.txt	/*wordcount()*
 workbench	starting.txt	/*workbench*
 workshop	workshop.txt	/*workshop*
-workshop-commands	workshop.txt	/*workshop-commands*
-workshop-compiling	workshop.txt	/*workshop-compiling*
-workshop-configure	workshop.txt	/*workshop-configure*
-workshop-intro	workshop.txt	/*workshop-intro*
 workshop-support	workshop.txt	/*workshop-support*
-workshop-xpm	workshop.txt	/*workshop-xpm*
 workshop.txt	workshop.txt	/*workshop.txt*
 wrap-off	intro.txt	/*wrap-off*
 write-compiler-plugin	usr_41.txt	/*write-compiler-plugin*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Oct 14
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -334,11 +334,15 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
-		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+		The response is stored in |v:termresponse|
+		|xterm-8bit| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
+		The response is stored in |v:termu7resp|
 	t_RF	request terminal foreground color		*t_RF* *'t_RF'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termrfgresp|
 	t_RB	request terminal background color		*t_RB* *'t_RB'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termrbgresp|
 	t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B)			*t_8f* *'t_8f'*
 		|xterm-true-color|
 	t_8b	set background color (R, G, B)			*t_8b* *'t_8b'*
@@ -351,7 +355,9 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_EC	set cursor color end				*t_EC* *'t_EC'*
 	t_SH	set cursor shape				*t_SH* *'t_SH'*
 	t_RC	request terminal cursor blinking		*t_RC* *'t_RC'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termblinkresp|
 	t_RS	request terminal cursor style			*t_RS* *'t_RS'*
+		The response is stored in |v:termstyleresp|
 	t_ST	save window title to stack			*t_ST* *'t_ST'*
 	t_RT	restore window title from stack			*t_RT* *'t_RT'*
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 17
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ sent to the job running in the terminal.  For example, to make F1 switch
 to Terminal-Normal mode: >
    tnoremap <F1> <C-W>N
 You can use Esc, but you need to make sure it won't cause other keys to
-break: >
+break (cursor keys start with an Esc, so they may break): >
    tnoremap <Esc> <C-W>N
    set notimeout ttimeout timeoutlen=100
 
@@ -228,7 +228,8 @@ Syntax ~
 					for Python "++eof=exit()".  Special
 					codes can be used like with `:map`,
 					e.g. "<C-Z>" for CTRL-Z.
-
+			++winpty	Use winpty as the virtual console.
+			++conpty	Use |ConPTY| as the virtual console.
 			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
 			function.
 			If you want to split the window vertically, use: >
@@ -410,6 +411,13 @@ Just put the files somewhere in your PATH.  You can set the 'winptydll' option
 to point to the right file, if needed.  If you have both the 32-bit and 64-bit
 version, rename to winpty32.dll and winpty64.dll to match the way Vim was
 build.
+							*ConPTY*
+On more recent versions of MS-Windows 10 (beginning with the "October 2018
+Update"), winpty is no longer required. On those versions, |:terminal| will use
+Windows' built-in support for hosting terminal applications, "ConPTY".  When
+ConPTY is in use, there may be rendering artifacts regarding ambiguous-width
+characters. If you encounter any such issues, set 'termmode' to winpty (which
+you then must have instlled).
 
 Environment variables are used to pass information to the running job:
     VIM_SERVERNAME	v:servername

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 08
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+Displaying text with properties attached.		*text-properties*
+
+THIS IS UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING MAY STILL CHANGE  *E967*
+
+What is not working yet:
+- Adjusting column/length when inserting text
+- Text properties spanning more than one line
+- prop_find()
+- callbacks when text properties are outdated
+
+
+1. Introduction			|text-prop-intro|
+2. Functions			|text-prop-functions|
+3. When text changes		|text-prop-changes|
+
+
+{Vi does not have text properties}
+{not able to use text properties when the |+textprop| feature was
+disabled at compile time}
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Introduction						*text-prop-intro*
+
+Text properties can be attached to text in a buffer.  They will move with the
+text: If lines are deleted or inserted the properties move with the text they
+are attached to.  Also when inserting/deleting text in the line before the
+text property.  And when inserting/deleting text inside the text property, it
+will increase/decrease in size.
+
+The main use for text properties is to highlight text.  This can be seen as a
+replacement for syntax highlighting.  Instead of defining patterns to match
+the text, the highlighting is set by a script, possibly using the output of an
+external parser.  This only needs to be done once, not every time when
+redrawing the screen, thus can be much faster, after the initial cost of
+attaching the text properties.
+
+Text properties can also be used for other purposes to identify text.  For
+example, add a text property on a function name, so that a search can be
+defined to jump to the next/previous function.
+
+A text property is attached at a specific line and column, and has a specified
+length.  The property can span multiple lines.
+
+A text property has these fields:
+	"id"		a number to be used as desired
+	"type"		the name of a property type
+
+
+Property Types ~
+							*E971*
+A text property normally has the name of a property type, which defines 
+how to highlight the text.  The property type can have these entries:
+	"highlight"	name of the highlight group to use
+	"priority"	when properties overlap, the one with the highest
+			priority will be used.
+	"start_incl"	when TRUE inserts at the start position will be
+			included in the text property
+	"end_incl"    	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
+			included in the text property
+
+
+Example ~
+
+Suppose line 11 in a buffer has this text (excluding the indent):
+
+	The number 123 is smaller than 4567.
+
+To highlight the numbers in this text: >
+	call prop_type_add('number', {'highlight': 'Constant'})
+	call prop_add(11, 12, {'length': 3, 'type': 'number'})
+	call prop_add(11, 32, {'length': 4, 'type': 'number'})
+
+Try inserting or deleting lines above the text, you will see that the text
+properties stick to the text, thus the line number is adjusted as needed.
+
+Setting "start_incl" and "end_incl" is useful when white space surrounds the
+text, e.g. for a function name.  Using false is useful when the text starts
+and/or ends with a specific character, such as the quote surrounding a string.
+
+	func FuncName(arg) ~
+	     ^^^^^^^^        property with start_incl and end_incl set
+
+	var = "text"; ~
+	      ^^^^^^	     property with start_incl and end_incl not set
+
+Nevertheless, when text is inserted or deleted the text may need to be parsed
+and the text properties updated.  But this can be done asynchronously.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Functions						*text-prop-functions*
+
+Manipulating text property types:
+
+prop_type_add({name}, {props})		define a new property type
+prop_type_change({name}, {props})	change an existing property type
+prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])	delete a property type
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])	get property type values
+prop_type_list([{props}])		get list of property types
+
+
+Manipulating text properties:
+
+prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})  	add a text property
+prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {bufnr}]])
+					remove all text properties
+prop_find({props} [, {direction}])	search for a text property
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
+prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
+					remove a text property
+
+==============================================================================
+3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*
+
+Vim will do its best to keep the text properties on the text where it was
+attached.  When inserting or deleting text the properties after the change
+will move accordingly.
+
+When text is deleted and a text property no longer includes any text, it is
+deleted.  However, a text property that was defined as zero-width will remain,
+unless the whole line is deleted.
+
+When using replace mode, the text properties stay on the same character
+positions, even though the characters themselves change.
+
+
+When text property columns are not updated ~
+
+- When setting the line with |setline()| or through an interface, such as Lua,
+  Tcl or Python.
+
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 May 17
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Make ":script 40" edit the script listed with number 40.  Actually use
-":scriptnames".
-
-Download page: "A 64 bit version" link is wrong, use this one instead:
-https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases/latest
+Timer test doesn't work on MS-Windows console, any way to make it work?
 
 'incsearch' with :s: (#3321)
+- Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area
+  was set. (#3837)
 - :s/foo  using CTRL-G moves to another line, should not happen, or use the
   correct line (it uses the last but one line) (Lifepillar, Aug 18, #3345)
+- :s@pat/tern@ doesn't include "/" in the pattern. (Takahiro Yoshihara, #3637)
+   pass delim to do_search() ?
 - Also support range: :/foo/,/bar/delete
 - Also support for user command, e.g. Cfilter
 - :%s/foo should take the first match below the cursor line, unless there
@@ -60,23 +60,25 @@ Prompt buffer:
 
 Terminal debugger:
 - Make prompt-buffer variant work better.
-- If breakpoints are deleted with "delete" in gdb the response is not parsed
-  properly and the breakpoints in Vim are not removed.
 - Add option to not open the program window.  It's not used when attaching to
   an already running program. (M. Kelly)
 - When only gdb window exists, on "quit" edit another buffer.
+- Use a sign group
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
 - Add support for lldb?  #3565
 - Could we do something similar for debugging Vim scripts?  At least see the
   script while stepping through it.  Simple version would use an extra window.
-  More complete solution would actually run Vim in a Terminal an control it
+  More complete solution would actually run Vim in a Terminal and control it
   with another Vim instance.
 
 Terminal emulator window:
+- When Vim runs in the terminal and changes the title, the statusline needs to
+  be redrawn.
 - GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt.
   (#3327)
+- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
 - GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
@@ -95,7 +97,6 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - Win32: Redirecting output works but includes escape sequences.
 - Win32: Make terminal used for :!cmd in the GUI work better.  Allow for
   redirection.
-- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
 - When the job only outputs lines, we could handle resizing the terminal
   better: store lines separated by line breaks, instead of screen lines,
   then when the window is resized redraw those lines.
@@ -105,48 +106,25 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
-Users get used to "function!" because they reload a script file.  How about
-recognizing the script is re-sourced and not giving an error for the first
-function that overwrites.  Then one can leave out the exclamation mark and
-catch actual errors, overwriting a function from another script.
-
-Update for German spell files: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim/compare/5e021c990f8817a50d3264782a5...3b27c92f297540761ebbd92d04fb3
-(Christian Brabandt, 2018 Nov 4)
-
-Patch for nsis/README.txt and uninstal.txt (Ken Takata, 2018 Nov 17, #3614)
-
-Patch to add commandline completion tests. (Dominique, #3622)
-
 Problem with Visual yank when 'linebreak' and 'showbreak' are set.
 Patch with tests, but it's not clear how it is supposed to work. (tommm, 2018
-Nov 17)
-
-Key mapping times out when using a timer in Gvim. (Michael Henry, 2018 Sep 9,
-#3417)
+Nov 17)  Asked about this, Dec 22. Christian will have a look.
 
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
 - WINVER conflict, should use 0x0600 by default?
 
-Adding a fold with a marker in a C file doesn't add the comment /* */ if the
-line contains a * somewhere.  Patch with a fix (Hirohito Higashi, 2018 Nov 22)
-
-Crash in terminal with long multi-byte sequence. (2018 Nov 17, #3619)
-Dominique cannot reproduce. Update Nov 18.
-Suggested solution by Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 18.
-
 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
 
+Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492.
+
 Errors found with random data:
     heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
 
 Win32 key codes are messy.  Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old
 mappings no longer work.  Create a new terminal for the better solution?
 
-Patch to fix that appending makes items to be "recognized".
-(Yegappan, 2018 Nov 23). Reported by Daniel Hahler, #3633.
-
 Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of
 files that source the actual file.  E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da
 Include part of #3242?
@@ -154,10 +132,6 @@ Include part of #3242?
 When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if
 it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522)
 
-Patch to add FOR_ALL_FRAMES. (Yegappan, 2018 Nov 18)
-
-Patch to resize to fit parent position when using ---windowid. ( Agorgianitis
-Loukas, 2018 Nov 17, #3616)
 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
 Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
 terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
@@ -169,26 +143,45 @@ Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 
 Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes?  Issue #3563.
 
+When using a timer callback vgetc_busy is reset, allowing for using input().
+But in a channel callback this does not happen.  We need to do something
+similar to check_due_timer().  Also see #3809.
+
 C syntax: {} inside () causes following {} to be highlighted as error.
 (Michalis Giannakidis, 2006 Jun 1)
 
+Support setting the character displayed below the last line?  Neovim uses
+"eob:X" in 'fillchars'.
+
+Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'?  Users expect it to work:
+#2948. (related to #1512?)
+On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING.
+balloon_show() does not work properly in the terminal. (Ben Jackson, 2017 Dec
+20, #2481)
+Also see #2352, want better control over balloon, perhaps set the position.
+Should also be possible to add highlighting, like in the status line?
+balloonexpr() on MS-Windows GUI doesn't handle accented chars? (nivaemail,
+2018 Sep 14)
+Another request: #3811.
+
 More warnings from static analysis:
 https://lgtm.com/projects/g/vim/vim/alerts/?mode=list
 
-Quickfix accessing free memory. (Dominique, 2018 Oct 13, #3538)
-Yegappan will look into it.
+nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
 
-Patch for this: (Aron Widforss, 2018 Oct 13, #3539)
-    missing a test.
-7   Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the
-    quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway)
-    Also do 'sidescrolloff'.
+Patch to be able to separately map CTRL-H and BS on Windows.
+(Linwei, 2017 Jul 11, #1833)
 
-Patch for ConPTY support, #3474: What is the status?
+Patch to improve readability of complicated if(). (ichizok, 2019 Jan 29,
+#3879)
 
 Pasting foo} causes Vim to behave weird. (John Little, 2018 Jun 17)
 Related to bracketed paste.  I cannot reproduce it.
 
+When 'confirm' is set a "silent q" doesn't show the prompt.  It should in this
+case. (Nate Peterson, 2019 Jan 31, #3892)
+For "silent! q" it should not prompt and just fail.
+
 Using CTRL-L to add a character to the search string doesn't work for the last
 character in the file. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3620)
 Suggested patch by Hirohito Higashi, 2018 Nov 18.
@@ -196,16 +189,8 @@ Suggested patch by Hirohito Higashi, 2018 Nov 18.
 Using CTRL-L to add a character to the search string that contains \v,
 punctiuation is repeated. (Smylers, 2018 Nov 17, #3621)
 
-":mksession" cannot handle a very long 'runtimepath'. (Timothy Madden, 21 Sep
-2018, #3466)  Patch from Christian, 2018 Oct 30 (with comments).
-
-Patch in pull request #2967: Allow white space in sign text. (Ben Jackson)
-Test fails in AppVeyor.
-
-Patch to simplify nsis installer. (Ken Takata, 2018 Sep 24, was #3479)
-Now included in #3501, using MUI2.  Use the zip file to get the binary files:
-https://github.com/vim/vim/files/2475621/nsis-icons.zip
-Still being worked on.
+Using CTRL-L during search only picks up the base character, not a combining
+character. (Rick, 2018 Dec 11, #3682)
 
 ml_get error: (Israel Chauca Fuentes, 2018 Oct 17, #3550).
 
@@ -215,10 +200,20 @@ Not ready to include yet.
 Problem with two buffers with the same name a/b, if it didn't exist before and
 is created outside of Vim. (dskloetg, 2018 Jul 16, #3219)
 
+When 'sidescrolloff' is set, using "zl" to go to the end of the line, suddenly
+scrolls back.  Should allow for this scrolling, like 'scrolloff' does when
+using CTRL-E. (Yee Cheng Chin, #3721)
+
 Invalid memory access with old regexp engine. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 Sep 3,
 #3405)  Introduced by 8.0.1517, which was fixing another memory access error.
 (Sep 8)
 
+Patch to add complete_mode().  Shougo - #3866.  Alternate patch by Hirohito
+Higashi, 2019 Jan 27, included now?
+
+Patch for ConPTY support, new one: #3794 Does this work now?  It should.
+(Nobuhiro Takasaki)
+
 Add function to make use of internal diff, working on two lists and returning
 unified diff (list of lines).
 
@@ -227,10 +222,15 @@ Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
 
 Patch to fix that bracketed paste remains after Vim exits. (2018 Oct 30, #3579)
 
+Make ":interactive !cmd" stop termcap mode, also when used in an autocommand.
+(#3692)
+
 cursorline highlighting not removed after yanking in Visual mode.
 (Matéo Zanibelli, 2018 Oct 30, #3578)
 Patch by Christian, Oct 30.
 
+Patch to clean up CI configs. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2019 Feb 1, #3890)
+
 Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
 Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
 Memory leak in test_terminal:
@@ -246,9 +246,17 @@ Memory leak in test_terminal:
 
 gethostbyname() is old, use getaddrinfo() if available. (#3227)
 
+Patch to add match count and current index "3/44" when using "n" command.
+(Christian Brabandt, on issue #453).  Only when search string was typed?
+
 matchaddpos() gets slow with many matches.  Proposal by Rick Howe, 2018 Jul
 19.
 
+Should make 'listchars' global-local.  Local to window or to buffer?
+Probably window.
+Add something like 'fillchars' local to window, but allow for specifying a
+highlight name.  Esp. for the statusline.
+
 Sourceforge Vim pages still have content, redirect from empty page.
 Check for PHP errors. (Wayne Davison, 2018 Oct 26)
 
@@ -270,6 +278,9 @@ Adjust windows installer explanation of behavior. (scootergrisen, #3310)
 Set g:actual_curbuf when evaluating 'statusline', not just with an expression.
 (Daniel Hahler, 2018 Aug 8, #3299)
 
+Update for xim-input-style help (Tony Mechelynck, 2019 Jan 10).
+Feedback from someone who uses this?
+
 ml_get error. (Dominique Pelle, 2018 Sep 14, #3434)
 
 Patch to use forward slash for completion even when 'shellslash' is set.
@@ -288,6 +299,12 @@ Further xdiff changes:
 
 Difference between two regexp engines: #3373
 
+Patch to properly break CJK lines: #3875
+Requires more tests.  dbcs_ functions are not implemented.
+
+Patch to add ch_listen() (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3639)
+What is the practical use for this?
+
 When the last line wraps, selecting with the mouse below that line only
 includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368)
 
@@ -337,11 +354,6 @@ Tests failing for "make testgui" with GTK:
 - Test_setbufvar_options()
 - Test_exit_callback_interval()
 
-Get a "No Name" buffer when 'hidden' is set and opening a new window from the
-quickfix list. (bfrg, 2018 Jan 22, #2574)
-Tracked down by Jason Franklin, 2018 Oct 30.
-Suggested patch by Yegappan, Nov 1.
-
 When using CTRL-W CR in the quickfix window, the jumplist in the opened window
 is cleared, to avoid going back to the list of errors buffer (would have two
 windows with it).  Can we just remove the jump list entries for the quickfix
@@ -355,21 +367,6 @@ Update Sep 7.  Update by Christian Brabandt, 2015 Sep 8, 2016 Feb 1.
 Patch to be able to disable default digraphs (incomplete) (Eric Pruitt, 2018
 Nov 22).
 
-Make balloon_show() work outside of 'balloonexpr'?  Users expect it to work:
-#2948. (related to #1512?)
-On Win32 it stops showing, because showState is already ShS_SHOWING.
-balloon_show() does not work properly in the terminal. (Ben Jackson, 2017 Dec
-20, #2481)
-Also see #2352, want better control over balloon, perhaps set the position.
-Should also be possible to add highlighting, like in the status line?
-balloonexpr() on MS-Windows GUI doesn't handle accented chars? (nivaemail,
-2018 Sep 14)
-
-Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6)
-Maybe call it v:motiontype.  Update in #3490.
-Alternative: add the force flag to mode(), after "no".
-Patch ready to include?
-
 Try out background make plugin: 
   https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
 or asyncmake: 
@@ -394,8 +391,6 @@ behave strangely, as if there is a gap and a vertical window separator.
 Make {skip} argument of searchpair() consistent with other places where we
 pass an expression to evaluate.  Allow passing zero for "never skip".
 
-The 'scrolloff' option is global, make it global-local. #3195
-
 Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a
 script or function.
 
@@ -425,19 +420,6 @@ deleting autocmds, not when adding them.
 Quickfix window height is not kept with a vertical split. (Lifepillar, 2018
 Jun 10, #2998)
 
-Improve the installer for MS-Windows.  There are a few alternatives:
-- mui2 installer improved by Ken Takata (2018 Sep 29)
-- Installer from Cream (Steve Hall).
-- Modern UI 2.0 for the Nsis installer. (Guopeng Wen)
-    https://github.com/gpwen/vim-installer-mui2
--  make it possible to do a silent install, see
-    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/Docs/Chapter4.html#4.12
-    Version from Guopeng Wen does this.
-- MSI installer: https://github.com/petrkle/vim-msi/
-- The one on Issue 279.
-Problem: they all work slightly different (e.g. don't install vimrun.exe).
-How to test that it works well for all Vim users?
-
 Alternative manpager.vim. (Enno, 2018 Jan 5, #2529)
 
 Delete all the specific stuff for the Borland compiler? (#3374)
@@ -472,9 +454,6 @@ confusing error message. (Wang Shidong, 2018 Jan 2, #2519)
 
 Add the debug command line history to viminfo.
 
-Avoid that "sign unplace id" does a redraw right away, esp. when there is a
-sequence of these commands. (Andy Stewart, 2018 Mar 16)
-
 Add Makefiles to the runtime/spell directory tree, since nobody uses Aap.
 Will have to explain the manual steps (downloading the .aff and .dic files,
 applying the diff, etc.
@@ -522,7 +501,7 @@ option_save({list})					*option_save()*
   Alternatively: save and restore ALL options.  Implementation needs to use
 	copy-on-write.  Return an ID from option_save(), when
 	option_restore(ID) is called give an error if another option_save()
-	was called in the mean time, they must be balanced.
+	was called in the meantime, they must be balanced.
 
 "gvim --remote" from a directory with non-word characters changes the current
 directory (Paulo Marcel Coelho Arabic, 2017 Oct 30, #2266)
@@ -546,8 +525,6 @@ Add script number to profile?  (#3330 breaks tests).
 A function defined locally and lambda's are not easily recognized.
 Mention where they were defined somewhere.
 
-CTRL-X on zero gets stuck on 0xfffffffffffffffe. (Hengyang Zhao, #2746)
-
 Invalid range error when using BufWinLeave for closing terminal.
 (Gabriel Barta, 2017 Nov 15, #2339)
 
@@ -574,9 +551,6 @@ In an optional package the "after" directory is not scanned?
 Patch for Neovim concerning restoring when closing help window. (glacambre
 neovim #7431)
 
-Default install on MS-Windows should source defaults.vim.
-Ask whether to use Windows or Vim key behavior?
-
 Patch for improving detecting Ruby on Mac in configure. (Ilya Mikhaltsou, 2017
 Nov 21)
 
@@ -759,9 +733,6 @@ Is it possible to keep the complete menu open when calling complete()?
 
 Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 
-Patch to add configure flags to skip rtl, farsi and arabic support.
-(Diego Carrión, #1867)
-
 assert_fails() can only check for the first error.  Make it possible to have
 it catch multiple errors and check all of them.
 
@@ -906,9 +877,6 @@ Does this also fix #1408 ?
 
 Patch for 'cursorlinenr' option. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 30)
 
-Patch to be able to separately map CTRL-H and BS on Windows.
-(Linwei, 2017 Jul 11, #1833)
-
 When 'completeopt' has "noselect" does not insert a newline. (Lifepillar, 2017
 Apr 23, #1653)
 
@@ -958,6 +926,8 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 - When out_cb executes :sleep, the close_cb may be invoked. (Daniel Hahler,
   2016 Dec 11, #1320)
 - Implement |job-term| ?
+- Calling a function when receiving a "call" on a channel, using feedkeys()
+  does not work.  It does work from a timer. (Qiming Zhao, #3852)
 - Channel test fails with Motif.  Sometimes kills the X11 server.
 - When a message in the queue but there is no callback, drop it after a while?
   Add timestamp to queued messages and callbacks with ID, remove after a
@@ -1558,13 +1528,8 @@ possible. (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Mar 12, update Aug 22)
 
 Updated spec ftplugin. (Matěj Cepl, 2013 Oct 16)
 
-Patch to right-align signs. (James Kolb (email james), 2013 Sep 23)
-
 Patch to handle integer overflow. (Aaron Burrow, 2013 Dec 12)
 
-Patch to add "ntab" item in 'listchars' to repeat first character. (Nathaniel
-Braun, pragm, 2013 Oct 13)  A better solution 2014 Mar 5.
-
 7   Windows XP: When using "ClearType" for text smoothing, a column of yellow
     pixels remains when typing spaces in front of a "D" ('guifont' set to
     "lucida_console:h8").
@@ -1627,9 +1592,6 @@ Two highlighting bugs. (ZyX, 2013 Aug 18)
 Patch to support 'u' in interactive substitute. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Sep
 28)  With tests: Oct 9.
 
-Patch from Christian Brabandt to make the "buffer" argument for ":sign place"
-optional. (2013 Jul 12)
-
 Dialog is too big on Linux too. (David Fishburn, 2013 Sep 2)
 
 Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
@@ -1654,10 +1616,6 @@ Or use expand('<sid>')?
 
 Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
 
-Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27)
-
-Patch to remove flicker from popup menu. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 Aug 15)
-
 Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
 
 b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
@@ -1676,9 +1634,6 @@ Patch for :tabcloseleft, after closing a tab go to left tab. (William Bowers,
 Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 16, update Jan 17)
 
-Patch to add new regexp classes :ident:, :keyword:, :fname:.
-(ichizok, 2016 Jan 12, #1373)
-
 Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
 But use Gnome instead of GTK?
 
@@ -1835,6 +1790,7 @@ cleared.  See test64.
 Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
+https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-mq-patches/blob/master/enable_spellchecking
 
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
@@ -5817,7 +5773,6 @@ Debug mode:
 7   Store the history from debug mode in viminfo.
 7   Make the debug mode history available with histget() et al.
 
-
 Various improvements:
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on
     the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).

runtime/doc/undo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2014 May 24
+*undo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -259,6 +259,12 @@ changed with the 'undodir' option.
 When the file is encrypted, the text in the undo file is also crypted.  The
 same key and method is used. |encryption|
 
+Note that text properties are not stored in the undo file.  You can restore
+text properties so long as a buffer is loaded, but you cannot restore them
+from an undo file.  Rationale: It would require the associated text property
+types to be defined in exactly the same was as before, which cannot be
+guaranteed.
+
 You can also save and restore undo histories by using ":wundo" and ":rundo"
 respectively:
 							*:wundo* *:rundo*

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Feb 20
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 26
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -11,12 +11,13 @@ Vim's capabilities.  Or define your own macros.
 
 |05.1|	The vimrc file
 |05.2|	The example vimrc file explained
-|05.3|	Simple mappings
-|05.4|	Adding a package
-|05.5|	Adding a plugin
-|05.6|	Adding a help file
-|05.7|	The option window
-|05.8|	Often used options
+|05.3|	The defaults.vim file explained
+|05.4|	Simple mappings
+|05.5|	Adding a package
+|05.6|	Adding a plugin
+|05.7|	Adding a help file
+|05.8|	The option window
+|05.9|	Often used options
 
      Next chapter: |usr_06.txt|  Using syntax highlighting
  Previous chapter: |usr_04.txt|  Making small changes
@@ -81,6 +82,95 @@ In this section we will explain the various commands used in this file.  This
 will give you hints about how to set up your own preferences.  Not everything
 will be explained though.  Use the ":help" command to find out more.
 
+>
+	" Get the defaults that most users want.
+	source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
+>
+This loads the "defaults.vim" file in the $VIMRUNTIME directory.  This sets up
+Vim for how most users like it.  If you are one of the few that don't, then
+comment out this line.  The commands are explained below:
+|defaults.vim-explained|
+
+>
+	if has("vms")
+	  set nobackup
+	else
+	  set backup
+	  if has('persistent_undo')
+	    set undofile
+	  endif
+	endif
+
+This tells Vim to keep a backup copy of a file when overwriting it.  But not
+on the VMS system, since it keeps old versions of files already.  The backup
+file will have the same name as the original file with "~" added.  See |07.4|
+
+This also sets the 'undofile' option, if available.  This will store the
+multi-level undo information in a file.  The result is that when you change a
+file, exit Vim, and then edit the file again, you can undo the changes made
+previously.  It's a very powerful and useful feature, at the cost of storing a
+file.  For more information see |undo-persistence|.
+
+The "if" command is very useful to set options
+only when some condition is met.  More about that in |usr_41.txt|.
+
+>
+	if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
+	  set hlsearch
+	endif
+
+This switches on the 'hlsearch' option, telling Vim to highlight matches with
+the last used search pattern.
+
+>
+	augroup vimrcEx
+	  au!
+	  autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78
+	augroup END
+
+This makes Vim break text to avoid lines getting longer than 78 characters.
+But only for files that have been detected to be plain text.  There are
+actually two parts here.  "autocmd FileType text" is an autocommand.  This
+defines that when the file type is set to "text" the following command is
+automatically executed.  "setlocal textwidth=78" sets the 'textwidth' option
+to 78, but only locally in one file.
+
+The wrapper with "augroup vimrcEx" and "augroup END" makes it possible to
+delete the autocommand with the "au!" command.  See |:augroup|.
+
+>
+	if has('syntax') && has('eval')
+	  packadd! matchit
+	endif
+
+This loads the "matchit" plugin if the required features are available.
+It makes the |%| command more powerful.  This is explained at
+|matchit-install|.
+
+
+==============================================================================
+*05.3*	The defaults.vim file explained		*defaults.vim-explained*
+
+The |defaults.vim| file is loaded when the user has no vimrc file.  When you
+create a new vimrc file, add this line near the top to keep using it: >
+
+	source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
+
+Or use the vimrc_example.vim file, as explained above.
+
+The following explains what defaults.vim is doing.
+
+>
+	if exists('skip_defaults_vim')
+	  finish
+	endif
+>
+Loading defaults.vim can be disabled with this command: >
+	let skip_defaults_vim = 1
+This has to be done in the system vimrc file.  See |system-vimrc|.  If you
+have a user vimrc this is not needed, since defaults.vim will not be loaded
+automatically.
+>
 >
 	set nocompatible
 
@@ -94,38 +184,19 @@ option off, thus 'nocompatible' takes care of this.
 This specifies where in Insert mode the <BS> is allowed to delete the
 character in front of the cursor.  The three items, separated by commas, tell
 Vim to delete the white space at the start of the line, a line break and the
-character before where Insert mode started.
+character before where Insert mode started.  See 'backspace'.
+
 >
+	set history=200
 
-	set autoindent
-
-This makes Vim use the indent of the previous line for a newly created line.
-Thus there is the same amount of white space before the new line.  For example
-when pressing <Enter> in Insert mode, and when using the "o" command to open a
-new line.
->
-
-	if has("vms")
-	  set nobackup
-	else
-	  set backup
-	endif
-
-This tells Vim to keep a backup copy of a file when overwriting it.  But not
-on the VMS system, since it keeps old versions of files already.  The backup
-file will have the same name as the original file with "~" added.  See |07.4|
->
-
-	set history=50
-
-Keep 50 commands and 50 search patterns in the history.  Use another number if
-you want to remember fewer or more lines.
+Keep 200 commands and 200 search patterns in the history.  Use another number
+if you want to remember fewer or more lines.  See 'history'.
 >
 
 	set ruler
 
 Always display the current cursor position in the lower right corner of the
-Vim window.
+Vim window.  See 'ruler'.
 
 >
 	set showcmd
@@ -144,10 +215,37 @@ the "2fw" command is executed and the displayed "2f" is removed.
 	 ^^^^^^^^^^^		      ^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^^
 	  'showmode'		     'showcmd'	'ruler'
 
+
+>
+	set wildmenu
+
+Display completion matches in a status line.  That is when you type <Tab> and
+there is more than one match.  See 'wildmenu'.
+
+>
+	set ttimeout
+	set ttimeoutlen=100
+
+This makes typing Esc take effect more quickly.  Normally Vim waits a second
+to see if the Esc is the start of an escape sequence.  If you have a very slow
+remote connection, increase the number.  See 'ttimeout'.
+
+>
+	set display=truncate
+
+Show @@@ in the last line if it is truncated, instead of hiding the whole
+like.  See 'display'.
+
 >
 	set incsearch
 
-Display the match for a search pattern when halfway typing it.
+Display the match for a search pattern when halfway typing it.  See
+'incsearch'.
+
+>
+	set nrformats-=octal
+
+Do not recognize numbers starting with a zero as octal.  See 'nrformats'.
 
 >
 	map Q gq
@@ -157,24 +255,31 @@ defines the "Q" command to do formatting with the "gq" operator.  This is how
 it worked before Vim 5.0.  Otherwise the "Q" command starts Ex mode, but you
 will not need it.
 
+>
+	inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
+>
+CTRL-U in insert mode deletes all entered text in the current line.  Use
+CTRL-G u to first break undo, so that you can undo CTRL-U after inserting a
+line break.  Revert with ":iunmap <C-U>".
+
+>
+	if has('mouse')
+	  set mouse=a
+	endif
+
+Enable using the mouse if available.  See 'mouse'.
+
 >
 	vnoremap _g y:exe "grep /" . escape(@", '\\/') . "/ *.c *.h"<CR>
 
 This mapping yanks the visually selected text and searches for it in C files.
-This is a complicated mapping.  You can see that mappings can be used to do
-quite complicated things.  Still, it is just a sequence of commands that are
-executed like you typed them.
+You can see that a mapping can be used to do quite complicated things.  Still,
+it is just a sequence of commands that are executed like you typed them.
 
 >
-	if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
-	  syntax on
-	  set hlsearch
-	endif
+	syntax on
 
-This switches on syntax highlighting, but only if colors are available.  And
-the 'hlsearch' option tells Vim to highlight matches with the last used search
-pattern.  The "if" command is very useful to set options only when some
-condition is met.  More about that in |usr_41.txt|.
+Enable highlighting files in color.  See |syntax|.
 
 							*vimrc-filetype*  >
 	filetype plugin indent on
@@ -201,21 +306,12 @@ This switches on three very clever mechanisms:
    automatically.  Vim comes with these indent rules for a number of
    filetypes.  See |:filetype-indent-on| and 'indentexpr'.
 
->
-	autocmd FileType text setlocal textwidth=78
 
-This makes Vim break text to avoid lines getting longer than 78 characters.
-But only for files that have been detected to be plain text.  There are
-actually two parts here.  "autocmd FileType text" is an autocommand.  This
-defines that when the file type is set to "text" the following command is
-automatically executed.  "setlocal textwidth=78" sets the 'textwidth' option
-to 78, but only locally in one file.
-
-							*restore-cursor*  >
-	autocmd BufReadPost *
-	    \ if line("'\"") > 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") |
-	    \   exe "normal! g`\"" |
-	    \ endif
+				*restore-cursor* *last-position-jump*  >
+    autocmd BufReadPost *
+      \ if line("'\"") >= 1 && line("'\"") <= line("$") && &ft !~# 'commit'
+      \ |   exe "normal! g`\""
+      \ | endif
 
 Another autocommand.  This time it is used after reading any file.  The
 complicated stuff after it checks if the '" mark is defined, and jumps to it
@@ -224,8 +320,22 @@ from the previous line.  That avoids a line getting very long.
 See |line-continuation|.  This only works in a Vim script file, not when
 typing commands at the command-line.
 
+>
+	command DiffOrig vert new | set bt=nofile | r ++edit # | 0d_ | diffthis
+		  \ | wincmd p | diffthis
+
+This adds the ":DiffOrig" command.  Use this in a modified buffer to see the
+differences with the file it was loaded from.  See |diff|.
+
+>
+	set nolangremap
+
+Prevent that the langmap option applies to characters that result from a
+mapping.  If set (default), this may break plugins (but it's backward
+compatible).  See 'langremap'.
+
 ==============================================================================
-*05.3*	Simple mappings
+*05.4*	Simple mappings
 
 A mapping enables you to bind a set of Vim commands to a single key.  Suppose,
 for example, that you need to surround certain words with curly braces.  In
@@ -272,7 +382,7 @@ The ":map" command (with no arguments) lists your current mappings.  At
 least the ones for Normal mode.  More about mappings in section |40.1|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.4*	Adding a package			*add-package* *matchit-install*
+*05.5*	Adding a package			*add-package* *matchit-install*
 
 A package is a set of files that you can add to Vim.  There are two kinds of
 packages: optional and automatically loaded on startup.
@@ -310,7 +420,7 @@ an archive or as a repository.  For an archive you can follow these steps:
 More information about packages can be found here: |packages|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.5*	Adding a plugin					*add-plugin* *plugin*
+*05.6*	Adding a plugin					*add-plugin* *plugin*
 
 Vim's functionality can be extended by adding plugins.  A plugin is nothing
 more than a Vim script file that is loaded automatically when Vim starts.  You
@@ -462,7 +572,7 @@ Further reading:
 |new-filetype|		How to detect a new file type.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.6*	Adding a help file				*add-local-help*
+*05.7*	Adding a help file				*add-local-help*
 
 If you are lucky, the plugin you installed also comes with a help file.  We
 will explain how to install the help file, so that you can easily find help
@@ -507,7 +617,7 @@ them through the tag.
 For writing a local help file, see |write-local-help|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.7*	The option window
+*05.8*	The option window
 
 If you are looking for an option that does what you want, you can search in
 the help files here: |options|.  Another way is by using this command: >
@@ -546,7 +656,7 @@ border.  This is what the 'scrolloff' option does, it specifies an offset
 from the window border where scrolling starts.
 
 ==============================================================================
-*05.8*	Often used options
+*05.9*	Often used options
 
 There are an awful lot of options.  Most of them you will hardly ever use.
 Some of the more useful ones will be mentioned here.  Don't forget you can

runtime/doc/usr_11.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 13
+*usr_11.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 30
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ the resulting files if they are what you expected.
 USING A SPECIFIC SWAP FILE
 
 If you know which swap file needs to be used, you can recover by giving the
-swap file name.  Vim will then finds out the name of the original file from
+swap file name.  Vim will then find out the name of the original file from
 the swap file.
 
 Example: >
@@ -284,7 +284,6 @@ If you really don't want to see this message, you can add the 'A' flag to the
 'shortmess' option.  But it's very unusual that you need this.
 
 For remarks about encryption and the swap file, see |:recover-crypt|.
-For programatic access to the swap file, see |swapinfo()|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 *11.4*	Further reading

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Apr 11
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 29
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ System functions and manipulation of files:
 	systemlist()		get the result of a shell command as a list
 	hostname()		name of the system
 	readfile()		read a file into a List of lines
-	writefile()		write a List of lines into a file
+	writefile()		write a List of lines or Blob into a file
 
 Date and Time:				*date-functions* *time-functions*
 	getftime()		get last modification time of a file
@@ -941,6 +941,7 @@ Testing:				    *test-functions*
 	test_override()		test with Vim internal overrides
 	test_garbagecollect_now()   free memory right now
 	test_ignore_error()	ignore a specific error message
+	test_null_blob()	return a null Blob
 	test_null_channel()	return a null Channel
 	test_null_dict()	return a null Dict
 	test_null_job()		return a null Job
@@ -958,6 +959,7 @@ Inter-process communication:		    *channel-functions*
 	ch_close()		close a channel
 	ch_close_in()		close the in part of a channel
 	ch_read()		read a message from a channel
+	ch_readblob()		read a Blob from a channel
 	ch_readraw()		read a raw message from a channel
 	ch_sendexpr()		send a JSON message over a channel
 	ch_sendraw()		send a raw message over a channel
@@ -983,6 +985,15 @@ Jobs:		    			        *job-functions*
 	job_info()		get information about a job
 	job_setoptions()	set options for a job
 
+Signs:						*sign-functions*
+	sign_define()		define or update a sign
+	sign_getdefined()	get a list of defined signs
+	sign_getplaced()	get a list of placed signs
+	sign_jump()		jump to a sign
+	sign_place()		place a sign
+	sign_undefine()		undefine a sign
+	sign_unplace()		unplace a sign
+
 Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
 	term_start()		open a terminal window and run a job
 	term_list()		get the list of terminal buffers
@@ -1059,7 +1070,7 @@ Various:					*various-functions*
 	py3eval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python3|)
 	pyeval()		evaluate Python expression (|+python|)
 	pyxeval()		evaluate |python_x| expression
-	debugbreak()		interrupt a program  being debugged
+	debugbreak()		interrupt a program being debugged
 
 ==============================================================================
 *41.7*	Defining a function

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 29
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -30,6 +30,11 @@ CTRL-L			Clear and redraw the screen.  The redraw may happen
 			includes an item that doesn't cause automatic
 			updating.
 
+						*:redrawt* *:redrawtabline*
+:redrawt[abline]	Redraw the tabline.  Useful to update the tabline when
+			'tabline' includes an item that doesn't trigger
+			automatic updating.
+
 							*N<Del>*
 <Del>			When entering a number: Remove the last digit.
 			Note: if you like to use <BS> for this, add this
@@ -437,7 +442,7 @@ N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
 N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
 N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
-m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
+m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|; no longer supported
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
 T  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
@@ -450,6 +455,7 @@ m  *+terminal*		Support for terminal window |terminal|
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
 B  *+termguicolors*	24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support
 N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
+N  *+textprop*		|text-properties|
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+timers*		the |timer_start()| function
 N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
@@ -462,13 +468,13 @@ N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 			since 8.0.1118.
 			in sync with the |+windows| feature
 N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
-S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
-N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
+T  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
+T  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 T  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
    *+vtp*		on MS-Windows console: support for 'termguicolors'
 N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
-   *+windows*		more than one window; Always enabled since 8.0.1118.
+T  *+windows*		more than one window; Always enabled since 8.0.1118.
 m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
 m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|
    *+xfontset*		X fontset support |xfontset|

runtime/doc/version6.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Mar 18
+*version6.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ Added the ":sign" command to define and place signs.  They can be displayed
 with two ASCII characters or an icon.  The line after it can be highlighted.
 Useful to display breakpoints and the current PC position.
 
-Added the |:wsverb| command to execute debugger commands.
+Added the :wsverb command to execute debugger commands.
 
 Added balloon stuff: 'balloondelay' and 'ballooneval' options.
 

runtime/doc/vim-da.1

@@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ N
 .TP
 \-R
 Skrivebeskyttet tilstand.
-'readonly'-valgmuligheden sættes.
+\&'readonly'-valgmuligheden sættes.
 Du kan stadig redigere bufferen, men vil være forhindret i
 fejlagtigt at overskrive en fil.
 Hvis du vil overskrive en fil, så tilføj et
 udråbstegn til Ex-kommandoen, som i ":w!".
 \-R-tilvalget indebærer også \-n-tilvalget (se ovenfor).
-'readonly'-valgmuligheden kan slås fra med ":set noro".
+\&'readonly'-valgmuligheden kan slås fra med ":set noro".
 Se ":help 'readonly'".
 .TP
 \-r

runtime/doc/vim-da.UTF-8.1

@@ -321,13 +321,13 @@ Når N udelades, så åbnes én fanebladsside pr. fil.
 .TP
 \-R
 Skrivebeskyttet tilstand.
-'readonly'-valgmuligheden sættes.
+\&'readonly'-valgmuligheden sættes.
 Du kan stadig redigere bufferen, men vil være forhindret i
 fejlagtigt at overskrive en fil.
 Hvis du vil overskrive en fil, så tilføj et
 udråbstegn til Ex-kommandoen, som i ":w!".
 \-R-tilvalget indebærer også \-n-tilvalget (se ovenfor).
-'readonly'-valgmuligheden kan slås fra med ":set noro".
+\&'readonly'-valgmuligheden kan slås fra med ":set noro".
 Se ":help 'readonly'".
 .TP
 \-r

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2017 Sep 02
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -305,8 +305,6 @@ mode.
 ==============================================================================
 5. Blockwise operators					*blockwise-operators*
 
-{not available when compiled without the |+visualextra| feature}
-
 Reminder: Use 'virtualedit' to be able to select blocks that start or end
 after the end of a line or halfway a tab.
 

runtime/doc/workshop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*workshop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2013 Jul 06
+*workshop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jan 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -6,93 +6,9 @@
 
 Sun Visual WorkShop Features			*workshop* *workshop-support*
 
-1. Introduction						|workshop-intro|
-2. Commands						|workshop-commands|
-3. Compiling vim/gvim for WorkShop			|workshop-compiling|
-4. Configuring gvim for a WorkShop release tree		|workshop-configure|
-5. Obtaining the latest version of the XPM library	|workshop-xpm|
+The support for WorkShop was removed in patch 8.1.0763 in January 2019.
+The product has not been available for a long time and has been replaced by
+|NetBeans|.
 
-{Vi does not have any of these features}
-{only available when compiled with the |+sun_workshop| feature}
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Introduction						*workshop-intro*
-
-Sun Visual WorkShop has an "Editor of Choice" feature designed to let users
-debug using their favorite editors.  For the 6.0 release we have added support
-for gvim.  A workshop debug session will have a debugging window and an editor
-window (possibly others as well).  The user can do many debugging operations
-from the editor window, minimizing the need to switch from window to window.
-
-The version of vim shipped with Sun Visual WorkShop 6 (also called Forte
-Developer 6) is vim 5.3.  The features in this release are much more reliable
-than the vim/gvim shipped with Visual WorkShop.  VWS users wishing to use vim
-as their editor should compile these sources and install them in their
-workshop release tree.
-
-==============================================================================
-2. Commands						*workshop-commands*
-
-						*:ws* *:wsverb*
-:ws[verb] verb			Pass the verb to the verb executor
-
-Pass the verb to a workshop function which gathers some arguments and
-sends the verb and data to workshop over an IPC connection.
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Compiling vim/gvim for WorkShop			*workshop-compiling*
-
-Compiling vim with FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP turns on all compile time flags necessary
-for building a vim to work with Visual WorkShop.  The features required for VWS
-have been built and tested using the Sun compilers from the VWS release.  They
-have not been built or tested using Gnu compilers.  This does not mean the
-features won't build and run if compiled with gcc, just that nothing is
-guaranteed with gcc!
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Configuring gvim for a WorkShop release tree		*workshop-configure*
-
-There are several assumptions which must be met in order to compile a gvim for
-use with Sun Visual WorkShop 6.
-
-    o You should use the compiler in VWS rather than gcc.  We have neither
-      built nor tested with gcc and cannot guarantee it will build properly.
-
-    o You must supply your own XPM library.  See |workshop-xpm| below for
-      details on obtaining the latest version of XPM.
-
-    o Edit the Makefile in the src directory and uncomment the lines for Sun
-      Visual WorkShop.  You can easily find these by searching for the string
-      FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP
-
-    o We also suggest you use Motif for your gui.  This will provide gvim with
-      the same look-and-feel as the rest of Sun Visual WorkShop.
-
-The following configuration line can be used to configure vim to build for use
-with Sun Visual WorkShop:
-
-    $ CC=cc configure --enable-workshop --enable-gui=motif \
-	-prefix=<VWS-install-dir>/contrib/contrib6/<vim-version>
-
-The VWS-install-dir should be the base directory where your Sun Visual WorkShop
-was installed.  By default this is /opt/SUNWspro.  It will normally require
-root permissions to install the vim release.  You will also need to change the
-symlink <VWS-install-dir>/bin/gvim to point to the vim in your newly installed
-directory.  The <vim-version> should be a unique version string.  I use "vim"
-concatenated with the equivalent of version.h's VIM_VERSION_SHORT.
-
-==============================================================================
-5. Obtaining the latest version of the XPM library	*workshop-xpm*
-
-The XPM library is required to show images within Vim with Motif or Athena.
-Without it the toolbar and signs will be disabled.
-
-The XPM library is provided by Arnaud Le Hors of the French National Institute
-for Research in Computer Science and Control.  It can be downloaded from
-http://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libXpm.  The current release, as of this
-writing, is xpm-3.4k-solaris.tgz, which is a gzip'ed tar file.  If you create
-the directory /usr/local/xpm and untar the file there you can use the
-uncommented lines in the Makefile without changing them.  If you use another
-xpm directory you will need to change the XPM_DIR in src/Makefile.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/evim.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script for Evim key bindings
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Sep 20
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 27
 
 " Don't use Vi-compatible mode.
 set nocompatible
@@ -49,19 +49,14 @@ if &t_Co > 2 || has("gui_running")
   nohlsearch
 endif
 
-" Only do this part when compiled with support for autocommands.
-if has("autocmd")
+" Enable file type detection.
+" Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
+" 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
+" Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
+filetype plugin indent on
 
-  " Enable file type detection.
-  " Use the default filetype settings, so that mail gets 'tw' set to 72,
-  " 'cindent' is on in C files, etc.
-  " Also load indent files, to automatically do language-dependent indenting.
-  filetype plugin indent on
-
-  " For all text files set 'textwidth' to 78 characters.
-  au FileType text setlocal tw=78
-
-endif " has("autocmd")
+" For all text files set 'textwidth' to 78 characters.
+au FileType text setlocal tw=78
 
 " Add optional packages.
 "

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2018 May 04
+" Last Change:	2019 Jan 28
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead proftpd.conf*		call s:StarSetf('apachestyle')
 
 " Apache config file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .htaccess,*/etc/httpd/*.conf		setf apache
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apache2/sites-*/*.com		setf apache
 
 " XA65 MOS6510 cross assembler
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.a65			setf a65
@@ -1462,9 +1463,11 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead sgml.catalog*		call s:StarSetf('catalog')
 
 " Shell scripts (sh, ksh, bash, bash2, csh); Allow .profile_foo etc.
 " Gentoo ebuilds and Arch Linux PKGBUILDs are actually bash scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,bash-fc[-.]*,*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass,PKGBUILD* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc*,*.ksh call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile*,*.sh,*.env call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
+" NOTE: Patterns ending in a star are further down, these have lower priority.
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc,bashrc,bash.bashrc,.bash[_-]profile,.bash[_-]logout,.bash[_-]aliases,bash-fc[-.],*.bash,*/{,.}bash[_-]completion{,.d,.sh}{,/*},*.ebuild,*.eclass,PKGBUILD call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc,*.ksh call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/profile,.profile,*.sh,*.env call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
+
 
 " Shell script (Arch Linux) or PHP file (Drupal)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.install
@@ -1474,15 +1477,16 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.install
 	\   call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash") |
 	\ endif
 
-" tcsh scripts
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc*,*.tcsh,tcsh.tcshrc,tcsh.login	call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+" tcsh scripts (patterns ending in a star further below)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc,*.tcsh,tcsh.tcshrc,tcsh.login	call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
 
 " csh scripts, but might also be tcsh scripts (on some systems csh is tcsh)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .login*,.cshrc*,csh.cshrc,csh.login,csh.logout,*.csh,.alias  call dist#ft#CSH()
+" (patterns ending in a start further below)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .login,.cshrc,csh.cshrc,csh.login,csh.logout,*.csh,.alias  call dist#ft#CSH()
 
-" Z-Shell script
+" Z-Shell script (patterns ending in a star further below)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .zprofile,*/etc/zprofile,.zfbfmarks  setf zsh
-au BufNewFile,BufRead .zsh*,.zlog*,.zcompdump*  call s:StarSetf('zsh')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .zshrc,.zshenv,.zlogin,.zlogout,.zcompdump setf zsh
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zsh			setf zsh
 
 " Scheme
@@ -2074,6 +2078,17 @@ au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rdf			call dist#ft#Redif()
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
 
+" Shell scripts ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .bashrc*,.bash[_-]profile*,.bash[_-]logout*,.bash[_-]aliases*,bash-fc[-.]*,,PKGBUILD* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("bash")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .kshrc* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH("ksh")
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .profile* call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(getline(1))
+
+" tcsh scripts ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .tcshrc*	call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+
+" csh scripts ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .login*,.cshrc*  call dist#ft#CSH()
+
 " Vim script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *vimrc*			call s:StarSetf('vim')
 
@@ -2101,7 +2116,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/*	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
 
-" Z-Shell script
+" Z-Shell script ending in a star
+au BufNewFile,BufRead .zsh*,.zlog*,.zcompdump*  call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')
 
 

runtime/ftplugin/bash.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	bash
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar
+" Last Changed: 2019 Jan 12
+"
+" This is not a real filetype plugin.  It allows for someone to set 'filetype'
+" to "bash" in the modeline, and gets the effect of filetype "sh" with
+" b:is_bash set.  Idea from Mahmode Al-Qudsi.
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let b:is_bash = 1
+if exists("b:is_sh")
+  unlet b:is_sh
+endif
+if exists("b:is_kornshell")
+  unlet b:is_kornshell
+endif
+
+" Setting 'filetype' here directly won't work, since we are being invoked
+" through an autocommand.  Do it later, on the BufWinEnter event.
+augroup bash_filetype
+  au BufWinEnter * call SetBashFt()
+augroup END
+
+func SetBashFt()
+  au! bash_filetype
+  set ft=sh
+endfunc

runtime/ftplugin/cfg.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:		Configuration File
+" Maintainer:		Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Latest Revision:	2018-12-24
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< fo<"
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/eruby.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -27,7 +28,7 @@ elseif !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
   let s:lines = getline(1)."\n".getline(2)."\n".getline(3)."\n".getline(4)."\n".getline(5)."\n".getline("$")
   let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(s:lines,'eruby_subtype=\zs\w\+')
   if b:eruby_subtype == ''
-    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+\%(\ze+\w\+\)\=$')
+    let b:eruby_subtype = matchstr(substitute(expand("%:t"),'\c\%(\.erb\|\.eruby\|\.erubis\|\.example\)\+$','',''),'\.\zs\w\+\%(\ze+\w\+\)\=$')
   endif
   if b:eruby_subtype == 'rhtml'
     let b:eruby_subtype = 'html'
@@ -45,7 +46,7 @@ elseif !exists("b:eruby_subtype")
   endif
 endif
 
-if exists("b:eruby_subtype") && b:eruby_subtype != ''
+if exists("b:eruby_subtype") && b:eruby_subtype != '' && b:eruby_subtype !=? 'eruby'
   exe "runtime! ftplugin/".b:eruby_subtype.".vim ftplugin/".b:eruby_subtype."_*.vim ftplugin/".b:eruby_subtype."/*.vim"
 else
   runtime! ftplugin/html.vim ftplugin/html_*.vim ftplugin/html/*.vim
@@ -66,6 +67,21 @@ if exists("b:match_words")
   unlet b:match_words
 endif
 
+let s:cfilemap = v:version >= 704 ? maparg('<Plug><cfile>', 'c', 0, 1) : {}
+if !get(s:cfilemap, 'buffer') || !s:cfilemap.expr || s:cfilemap.rhs =~# 'ErubyAtCursor()'
+  let s:cfilemap = {}
+endif
+if !has_key(s:cfilemap, 'rhs')
+  let s:cfilemap.rhs = "substitute(&l:inex =~# '\\<v:fname\\>' && len(expand('<cfile>')) ? eval(substitute(&l:inex, '\\<v:fname\\>', '\\=string(expand(\"<cfile>\"))', 'g')) : '', '^$', \"\\022\\006\",'')"
+endif
+let s:ctagmap = v:version >= 704 ? maparg('<Plug><ctag>', 'c', 0, 1) : {}
+if !get(s:ctagmap, 'buffer') || !s:ctagmap.expr || s:ctagmap.rhs =~# 'ErubyAtCursor()'
+  let s:ctagmap = {}
+endif
+let s:include = &l:include
+let s:path = &l:path
+let s:suffixesadd = &l:suffixesadd
+
 runtime! ftplugin/ruby.vim ftplugin/ruby_*.vim ftplugin/ruby/*.vim
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
@@ -80,6 +96,15 @@ if exists("b:match_words")
   let s:match_words = b:match_words . ',' . s:match_words
 endif
 
+if len(s:include)
+  let &l:include = s:include
+endif
+let &l:path = s:path . (s:path =~# ',$\|^$' ? '' : ',') . &l:path
+let &l:suffixesadd = s:suffixesadd . (s:suffixesadd =~# ',$\|^$' ? '' : ',') . &l:suffixesadd
+exe 'cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cfile> ErubyAtCursor() ? ' . maparg('<Plug><cfile>', 'c') . ' : ' . s:cfilemap.rhs
+exe 'cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><ctag> ErubyAtCursor() ? ' . maparg('<Plug><ctag>', 'c') . ' : ' . get(s:ctagmap, 'rhs', '"\022\027"')
+unlet s:cfilemap s:ctagmap s:include s:path s:suffixesadd
+
 " Change the browse dialog on Win32 to show mainly eRuby-related files
 if has("gui_win32")
   let b:browsefilter="eRuby Files (*.erb, *.rhtml)\t*.erb;*.rhtml\n" . s:browsefilter
@@ -99,4 +124,9 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< "
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
 
+function! ErubyAtCursor() abort
+  let groups = map(['erubyBlock', 'erubyComment', 'erubyExpression', 'erubyOneLiner'], 'hlID(v:val)')
+  return !empty(filter(synstack(line('.'), col('.')), 'index(groups, v:val) >= 0'))
+endfunction
+
 " vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:

runtime/ftplugin/help.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:             Vim help file
 " Previous Maintainer:  Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:      2008-07-09
+" Latest Revision:      2018-12-29
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< tw< cole< cocu<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< tw< cole< cocu< keywordprg<"
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78 keywordprg=:help
 if has("conceal")
   setlocal cole=2 cocu=nc
 endif

runtime/ftplugin/logcheck.vim

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:    Logcheck
-" Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2012 Jan 15
+" Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers
+" Last Change: 2018 Dec 27
 " License:     Vim License
-" URL: http://hg.debian.org/hg/pkg-vim/vim/file/unstable/runtime/ftplugin/logcheck.vim
+" URL: https://salsa.debian.org/vim-team/vim-debian/blob/master/ftplugin/logcheck.vim
 
-if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
     finish
 endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setl fo<'
 
 " Do not hard-wrap non-comment lines since each line is a self-contained
 " regular expression

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2018 Jul 25
+" Last Change: 	2019 Jan 22
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -206,10 +206,10 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     let $MANWIDTH = ''
   endif
   " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
-  while getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
+  while line('$') > 1 && getline(1) =~ '^\s*$'
     silent keepj norm! ggdd
   endwhile
-  while getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
+  while line('$') > 1 && getline('$') =~ '^\s*$'
     silent keepj norm! Gdd
   endwhile
   1

runtime/ftplugin/mma.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	Mathematica
+" Maintainer:	Ian Ford <ianf@wolfram.com>
+" Last Change:	22 January 2019
+
+" Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+	finish
+endif
+
+" Don't load another plugin for this buffer
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal commentstring<"
+
+setlocal commentstring=\(*%s*\)

runtime/ftplugin/rst.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer: Marshall Ward <marshall.ward@gmail.com>
 " Original Maintainer: Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Website: https://github.com/marshallward/vim-restructuredtext
-" Latest Revision: 2018-01-07
+" Latest Revision: 2018-12-29
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
     finish
@@ -13,6 +13,11 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
+"Disable folding
+if !exists('g:rst_fold_enabled')
+  let g:rst_fold_enabled = 0
+endif
+
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< et< fo<"
 
 setlocal comments=fb:.. commentstring=..\ %s expandtab

runtime/ftplugin/ruby.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
-" Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+" Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
   finish
@@ -44,19 +44,12 @@ endif
 setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
 
 setlocal include=^\\s*\\<\\(load\\>\\\|require\\>\\\|autoload\\s*:\\=[\"']\\=\\h\\w*[\"']\\=,\\)
-setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'\%(\.rb\)\=$','.rb','')
 setlocal suffixesadd=.rb
 
 if exists("&ofu") && has("ruby")
   setlocal omnifunc=rubycomplete#Complete
 endif
 
-" To activate, :set ballooneval
-if has('balloon_eval') && exists('+balloonexpr')
-  setlocal balloonexpr=RubyBalloonexpr()
-endif
-
-
 " TODO:
 "setlocal define=^\\s*def
 
@@ -69,7 +62,7 @@ endif
 
 function! s:query_path(root) abort
   let code = "print $:.join %q{,}"
-  if &shell =~# 'sh'
+  if &shell =~# 'sh' && empty(&shellxquote)
     let prefix = 'env PATH='.shellescape($PATH).' '
   else
     let prefix = ''
@@ -141,44 +134,54 @@ if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
                      \ "All Files (*.*)\t*.*\n"
 endif
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl fo< inc< inex< sua< def< com< cms< path< tags< kp<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl inc= sua= path= tags= fo< com< cms< kp="
       \."| unlet! b:browsefilter b:match_ignorecase b:match_words b:match_skip"
       \."| if exists('&ofu') && has('ruby') | setl ofu< | endif"
-      \."| if has('balloon_eval') && exists('+bexpr') | setl bexpr< | endif"
+
+if get(g:, 'ruby_recommended_style', 1)
+  setlocal shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= ' | setl sw< sts< et<'
+endif
+
+" To activate, :set ballooneval
+if exists('+balloonexpr') && get(g:, 'ruby_balloonexpr')
+  setlocal balloonexpr=RubyBalloonexpr()
+  let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| setl bexpr="
+endif
 
 function! s:map(mode, flags, map) abort
   let from = matchstr(a:map, '\S\+')
   if empty(mapcheck(from, a:mode))
-    exe a:mode.'map' '<buffer>'.(a:0 ? a:1 : '') a:map
+    exe a:mode.'map' '<buffer>' a:map
     let b:undo_ftplugin .= '|sil! '.a:mode.'unmap <buffer> '.from
   endif
 endfunction
 
-cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cword> substitute(RubyCursorIdentifier(),'^$',"\022\027",'')
+cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><ctag> substitute(RubyCursorTag(),'^$',"\022\027",'')
 cmap <buffer><script><expr> <Plug><cfile> substitute(RubyCursorFile(),'^$',"\022\006",'')
-let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cword>| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cfile>"
+let b:undo_ftplugin .= "| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><ctag>| sil! cunmap <buffer> <Plug><cfile>"
 
 if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
   nmap <buffer><script> <SID>:  :<C-U>
   nmap <buffer><script> <SID>c: :<C-U><C-R>=v:count ? v:count : ''<CR>
 
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','','n')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>','rubyDefine','','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyDefine','','v')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'','n')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<def\>',['rubyDefine'],'','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyDefine'],'','v')<CR>
 
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','n')<CR>
-  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','n')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','b','v')<CR>
-  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>','rubyModule\<Bar>rubyClass','','v')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','n')<CR>
+  nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','n')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<\%(class\<Bar>module\)\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'b','v')<CR>
+  xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :<C-U>call <SID>searchsyn('\<end\>',['rubyModule','rubyClass'],'','v')<CR>
 
   let b:undo_ftplugin = b:undo_ftplugin
         \."| sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> [[' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]]' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> []' | sil! exe 'unmap <buffer> ]['"
@@ -204,19 +207,18 @@ if !exists("g:no_plugin_maps") && !exists("g:no_ruby_maps")
           \."| sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> iM' | sil! exe 'xunmap <buffer> aM'"
   endif
 
-  call s:map('c', '', '<C-R><C-W> <Plug><cword>')
   call s:map('c', '', '<C-R><C-F> <Plug><cfile>')
 
   cmap <buffer><script><expr> <SID>tagzv &foldopen =~# 'tag' ? '<Bar>norm! zv' : ''
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-]>       <SID>:exe  v:count1."tag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g<C-]>      <SID>:exe         "tjump <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g]          <SID>:exe       "tselect <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>]      <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-]>  <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g<C-]> <SID>:exe        "stjump <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g]     <SID>:exe      "stselect <Plug><cword>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>}      <SID>:exe v:count1."ptag <Plug><cword>"<CR>')
-  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g}     <SID>:exe        "ptjump <Plug><cword>"<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-]>       <SID>:exe  v:count1."tag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g<C-]>      <SID>:exe         "tjump <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'g]          <SID>:exe       "tselect <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>]      <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W><C-]>  <SID>:exe v:count1."stag <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g<C-]> <SID>:exe        "stjump <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g]     <SID>:exe      "stselect <Plug><ctag>"<SID>tagzv<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>}      <SID>:exe v:count1."ptag <Plug><ctag>"<CR>')
+  call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>g}     <SID>:exe        "ptjump <Plug><ctag>"<CR>')
 
   call s:map('n', '<silent>', 'gf           <SID>c:find <Plug><cfile><CR>')
   call s:map('n', '<silent>', '<C-W>f      <SID>c:sfind <Plug><cfile><CR>')
@@ -288,12 +290,13 @@ function! s:searchsyn(pattern, syn, flags, mode) abort
     norm! gv
   endif
   let i = 0
+  call map(a:syn, 'hlID(v:val)')
   while i < cnt
     let i = i + 1
     let line = line('.')
     let col  = col('.')
     let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
-    while pos != 0 && s:synname() !~# a:syn
+    while pos != 0 && index(a:syn, s:synid()) < 0
       let pos = search(a:pattern,'W'.a:flags)
     endwhile
     if pos == 0
@@ -303,8 +306,8 @@ function! s:searchsyn(pattern, syn, flags, mode) abort
   endwhile
 endfunction
 
-function! s:synname() abort
-  return synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name')
+function! s:synid() abort
+  return synID(line('.'),col('.'),0)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:wrap_i(back,forward) abort
@@ -349,6 +352,10 @@ function! RubyCursorIdentifier() abort
   return stripped == '' ? expand("<cword>") : stripped
 endfunction
 
+function! RubyCursorTag() abort
+  return substitute(RubyCursorIdentifier(), '^[$@]*', '', '')
+endfunction
+
 function! RubyCursorFile() abort
   let isfname = &isfname
   try
@@ -360,8 +367,9 @@ function! RubyCursorFile() abort
   let pre = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), 0, col('.')-1), '.*\f\@<!')
   let post = matchstr(strpart(getline('.'), col('.')), '\f\@!.*')
   let ext = getline('.') =~# '^\s*\%(require\%(_relative\)\=\|autoload\)\>' && cfile !~# '\.rb$' ? '.rb' : ''
-  if s:synname() ==# 'rubyConstant'
+  if s:synid() ==# hlID('rubyConstant')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\.\w\+[?!=]\=$','','')
+    let cfile = substitute(cfile,'^::','','')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'::','/','g')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\(\u\+\)\(\u\l\)','\1_\2', 'g')
     let cfile = substitute(cfile,'\(\l\|\d\)\(\u\)','\1_\2', 'g')

runtime/ftplugin/text.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:		Text
 " Maintainer:		David Barnett <daviebdawg+vim@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2014 Jul 09
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 10
 
 if exists('b:did_ftplugin')
   finish
@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal comments< commentstring<'
 
 " We intentionally don't set formatoptions-=t since text should wrap as text.
 
-" Pseudo comment leaders to indent bulleted lists.
-setlocal comments=fb:-,fb:*
+" Pseudo comment leaders to indent bulleted lists with '-' and '*'.  And allow
+" for Mail quoted text with '>'.
+setlocal comments=fb:-,fb:*,n:>
 setlocal commentstring=

runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:	xml
-" Maintainer:	Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
-" Last Changed: May 08th, 2018
-" Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
+"     Language:	xml
+"   Maintainer:	Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
+" Last Changed: Dec 07th, 2018
+"   Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 " Previous Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at users dot sourceforge dot net>
 "          URL:		      http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/ftplugin
 

runtime/indent/Makefile

@@ -1,13 +1,14 @@
 # Portable Makefile for running indent tests.
 
 VIM = vim
+VIMRUNTIME = ..
 
 # Run the tests that didn't run yet or failed previously.
 # If a test succeeds a testdir/*.out file will be written.
 # If a test fails a testdir/*.fail file will be written.
 test:
-	$(VIM) --clean --not-a-term -u testdir/runtest.vim
+	VIMRUNTIME=$(VIMRUNTIME) $(VIM) --clean --not-a-term -u testdir/runtest.vim
 
 
 clean:
-	$(VIM) --clean --not-a-term -u testdir/cleantest.vim
+	VIMRUNTIME=$(VIMRUNTIME) $(VIM) --clean --not-a-term -u testdir/cleantest.vim

runtime/indent/cs.vim

@@ -1,15 +1,73 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:	C#
-" Maintainer:	Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	Fri, 15 Mar 2002 07:53:54 CET
+" Language:            C#
+" Maintainer:          Nick Jensen <nickspoon@gmail.com>
+" Former Maintainers:  Aquila Deus
+"                      Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
+" Last Change:         2018-11-21
+" Filenames:           *.cs
+" License:             Vim (see :h license)
+" Repository:          https://github.com/nickspoons/vim-cs
+"
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
-if exists("b:did_indent")
-   finish
+if exists('b:did_indent')
+  finish
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
-" C# is like indenting C
-setlocal cindent
+let s:save_cpo = &cpoptions
+set cpoptions&vim
 
-let b:undo_indent = "setl cin<"
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetCSIndent(v:lnum)
+
+function! s:IsCompilerDirective(line)
+  return a:line =~? '^\s*#'
+endf
+
+function! s:IsAttributeLine(line)
+  return a:line =~? '^\s*\[[A-Za-z]' && a:line =~? '\]$'
+endf
+
+function! s:FindPreviousNonCompilerDirectiveLine(start_lnum)
+  for delta in range(0, a:start_lnum)
+    let lnum = a:start_lnum - delta
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    let is_directive = s:IsCompilerDirective(line)
+    if !is_directive
+      return lnum
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return 0
+endf
+
+function! GetCSIndent(lnum) abort
+  " Hit the start of the file, use zero indent.
+  if a:lnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  let this_line = getline(a:lnum)
+
+  " Compiler directives use zero indent if so configured.
+  let is_first_col_macro = s:IsCompilerDirective(this_line) && stridx(&l:cinkeys, '0#') >= 0
+  if is_first_col_macro
+    return cindent(a:lnum)
+  endif
+
+  let lnum = s:FindPreviousNonCompilerDirectiveLine(a:lnum - 1)
+  let previous_code_line = getline(lnum)
+  if s:IsAttributeLine(previous_code_line)
+    let ind = indent(lnum)
+    return ind
+  else
+    return cindent(a:lnum)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentexpr<'
+
+let &cpoptions = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+
+" vim:et:sw=2:sts=2

runtime/indent/eruby.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -12,7 +13,7 @@ runtime! indent/ruby.vim
 unlet! b:did_indent
 setlocal indentexpr=
 
-if exists("b:eruby_subtype")
+if exists("b:eruby_subtype") && b:eruby_subtype != '' && b:eruby_subtype !=# 'eruby'
   exe "runtime! indent/".b:eruby_subtype.".vim"
 else
   runtime! indent/html.vim
@@ -47,7 +48,11 @@ set cpo&vim
 
 function! GetErubyIndent(...)
   " The value of a single shift-width
-  let sw = shiftwidth()
+  if exists('*shiftwidth')
+    let sw = shiftwidth()
+  else
+    let sw = &sw
+  endif
 
   if a:0 && a:1 == '.'
     let v:lnum = line('.')
@@ -91,6 +96,7 @@ function! GetErubyIndent(...)
     let ind = ind + sw
   endif
   if line !~# '^\s*<%' && line =~# '%>\s*$' && line !~# '^\s*end\>'
+	\ && synID(v:lnum, match(cline, '\S') + 1, 1) != hlID('htmlEndTag')
     let ind = ind - sw
   endif
   if cline =~# '^\s*[-=]\=%>\s*$'

runtime/indent/falcon.vim

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ function FalconGetIndent(...)
 		return indent('.')
 	    endif
 	else
-	    call cursor(clnum, vcol)
+	    call cursor(clnum, 0)  " FIXME: column was vcol
 	end
     endif
 

runtime/indent/html.vim

@@ -216,8 +216,9 @@ endfunc "}}}
 " Add known tag pairs.
 " Self-closing tags and tags that are sometimes {{{
 " self-closing (e.g., <p>) are not here (when encountering </p> we can find
-" the matching <p>, but not the other way around).  Known self-closing tags:
-" 'p', 'img', 'source'.
+" the matching <p>, but not the other way around).
+" Known self-closing tags: " 'p', 'img', 'source', 'area', 'keygen', 'track',
+" 'wbr'.
 " Old HTML tags:
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
     \ 'a', 'abbr', 'acronym', 'address', 'b', 'bdo', 'big',
@@ -232,11 +233,11 @@ call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
 
 " New HTML5 elements:
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
-    \ 'area', 'article', 'aside', 'audio', 'bdi', 'canvas',
-    \ 'command', 'data', 'datalist', 'details', 'embed', 'figcaption',
-    \ 'figure', 'footer', 'header', 'keygen', 'main', 'mark', 'meter',
-    \ 'nav', 'output', 'picture', 'progress', 'rp', 'rt', 'ruby', 'section',
-    \ 'summary', 'svg', 'time', 'track', 'video', 'wbr'])
+    \ 'article', 'aside', 'audio', 'bdi', 'canvas', 'command', 'data',
+    \ 'datalist', 'details', 'dialog', 'embed', 'figcaption', 'figure',
+    \ 'footer', 'header', 'hgroup', 'main', 'mark', 'meter', 'nav', 'output',
+    \ 'picture', 'progress', 'rp', 'rt', 'ruby', 'section', 'summary',
+    \ 'svg', 'time', 'video'])
 
 " Tags added for web components:
 call s:AddITags(s:indent_tags, [
@@ -934,7 +935,7 @@ func! s:InsideTag(foundHtmlString)
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '\s\+\zs\w')
     endif
     if idx == -1
-      " after just <tag indent one level more
+      " after just "<tag" indent one level more
       let idx = match(text, '<' . s:tagname . '$')
       if idx >= 0
 	call cursor(lnum, idx)

runtime/indent/matlab.vim

@@ -1,74 +1,121 @@
-" Matlab indent file
-" Language:	Matlab
-" Maintainer:	Christophe Poucet <christophe.poucet@pandora.be>
-" Last Change:	6 January, 2001
+" Vim indent file
+" Language: MATLAB
+" Maintainer: Axel Forsman <axelsfor@gmail.com>
+" Previous maintainer: Christophe Poucet <christophe.poucet@pandora.be>
 
-" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
-if exists("b:did_indent")
-  finish
-endif
+" Only load if no other indent file is loaded
+if exists('b:did_indent') | finish | endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
-" Some preliminary setting
-setlocal indentkeys=!,o,O=end,=case,=else,=elseif,=otherwise,=catch
+setlocal indentexpr=GetMatlabIndent()
+setlocal indentkeys=!,o,O,e,0=end,0=elseif,0=case,0=otherwise,0=catch,0=function,0=elsei
 
+" The value of the Function indenting format in
+" MATLAB Editor/Debugger Language Preferences.
+" The possible values are 0 for Classic, 1 for Indent nested functions
+" and 2 for Indent all functions (default).
+let b:MATLAB_function_indent = get(g:, 'MATLAB_function_indent', 2)
+" The previous value of b:changedtick
+let b:MATLAB_lasttick = -1
+" The previously indented line
+let b:MATLAB_lastline = -1
+" Whether the line above was a line continuation
+let b:MATLAB_waslc = 0
+let b:MATLAB_bracketlevel = 0
 
-setlocal indentexpr=GetMatlabIndent(v:lnum)
+" Only define the function once
+if exists("*GetMatlabIndent") | finish | endif
 
-" Only define the function once.
-if exists("*GetMatlabIndent")
-  finish
-endif
+let s:keepcpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
-function GetMatlabIndent(lnum)
-  " Give up if this line is explicitly joined.
-  if getline(a:lnum - 1) =~ '\\$'
-    return -1
-  endif
+let s:end = '\<end\>\%([^(]*)\)\@!' " Array indexing heuristic
+let s:open_pat = 'for\|if\|parfor\|spmd\|switch\|try\|while\|classdef\|properties\|methods\|events\|enumeration'
+let s:dedent_pat = '\C^\s*\zs\<\%(end\|else\|elseif\|catch\|\(case\|otherwise\|function\)\)\>'
+let s:start_pat = '\C\<\%(function\|' . s:open_pat . '\)\>'
+let s:bracket_pair_pat = '\(\[\|{\)\|\(\]\|}\)'
+let s:zflag = has('patch-7.4.984') ? 'z' : ''
 
-  " Search backwards for the first non-empty line.
-  let plnum = a:lnum - 1
-  while plnum > 0 && getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*$'
-    let plnum = plnum - 1
-  endwhile
-
-  if plnum == 0
-    " This is the first non-empty line, use zero indent.
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  let curind = indent(plnum)
-
-  " If the current line is a stop-block statement...
-  if getline(v:lnum) =~ '^\s*\(end\|else\|elseif\|case\|otherwise\|catch\)\>'
-    " See if this line does not follow the line right after an openblock
-    if getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(for\|if\|else\|elseif\|case\|while\|switch\|try\|otherwise\|catch\)\>'
-    " See if the user has already dedented
-    elseif indent(v:lnum) > curind - shiftwidth()
-      " If not, recommend one dedent
-	let curind = curind - shiftwidth()
-    else
-      " Otherwise, trust the user
-      return -1
-    endif
-"  endif
-
-  " If the previous line opened a block
-  elseif getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(for\|if\|else\|elseif\|case\|while\|switch\|try\|otherwise\|catch\)\>'
-    " See if the user has already indented
-    if indent(v:lnum) < curind + shiftwidth()
-      "If not, recommend indent
-      let curind = curind + shiftwidth()
-    else
-      " Otherwise, trust the user
-      return -1
-    endif
-  endif
-
-
-
-  " If we got to here, it means that the user takes the standardversion, so we return it
-  return curind
+" Returns whether a comment or string envelops the specified column.
+function! s:IsCommentOrString(lnum, col)
+	return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), "name") =~# 'matlabComment\|matlabMultilineComment\|matlabString'
 endfunction
 
-" vim:sw=2
+" Returns whether the specified line continues on the next line.
+function! s:IsLineContinuation(lnum)
+	let l = getline(a:lnum) | let c = -3
+	while 1
+		let c = match(l, '\.\{3}', c + 3)
+		if c == -1 | return 0
+		elseif !s:IsCommentOrString(a:lnum, c) | return 1 | endif
+	endwhile
+endfunction
+
+function! s:SubmatchCount(lnum, pattern, ...)
+	let endcol = a:0 >= 1 ? a:1 : 1 / 0 | let x = [0, 0, 0, 0]
+	call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
+	while 1
+		let [lnum, c, submatch] = searchpos(a:pattern, 'cpe' . s:zflag, a:lnum)
+		if !submatch || c >= endcol | break | endif
+		if !s:IsCommentOrString(lnum, c) | let x[submatch - 2] += 1 | endif
+		if cursor(0, c + 1) == -1 || col('.') == c | break | endif
+	endwhile
+	return x
+endfunction
+
+function! s:GetOpenCloseCount(lnum, pattern, ...)
+	let counts = call('s:SubmatchCount', [a:lnum, a:pattern] + a:000)
+	return counts[0] - counts[1]
+endfunction
+
+function! GetMatlabIndent()
+	let prevlnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+	if b:MATLAB_lasttick != b:changedtick || b:MATLAB_lastline != prevlnum
+		" Recalculate bracket count (only have to check same block and line above)
+		let b:MATLAB_bracketlevel = 0
+		let previndent = indent(prevlnum) | let l = prevlnum
+		while 1
+			let l = prevnonblank(l - 1) | let indent = indent(l)
+			if l <= 0 || previndent < indent | break | endif
+			let b:MATLAB_bracketlevel += s:GetOpenCloseCount(l, s:bracket_pair_pat)
+			if previndent != indent | break | endif
+		endwhile
+
+		let b:MATLAB_waslc = s:IsLineContinuation(prevlnum - 1)
+	endif
+	" If line above was blank it can impossibly have been a LC
+	let above_lc = b:MATLAB_lasttick == b:changedtick && prevlnum != v:lnum - 1 && b:MATLAB_lastline == prevlnum ? 0 : s:IsLineContinuation(v:lnum - 1)
+
+	let pair_pat = '\C\<\(' . s:open_pat . '\|'
+				\ . (b:MATLAB_function_indent == 1 ? '^\@<!' : '')
+				\ . (b:MATLAB_function_indent >= 1 ? 'function\|' : '')
+				\ . '\|\%(^\s*\)\@<=\%(else\|elseif\|case\|otherwise\|catch\)\)\>'
+				\ . '\|\S\s*\zs\(' . s:end . '\)'
+	let [open, close, b_open, b_close] = prevlnum ? s:SubmatchCount(prevlnum,
+				\ pair_pat . '\|' . s:bracket_pair_pat) : [0, 0, 0, 0]
+	let curbracketlevel = b:MATLAB_bracketlevel + b_open - b_close
+
+	call cursor(v:lnum, 1)
+	let submatch = search(s:dedent_pat, 'cp' . s:zflag, v:lnum)
+	if submatch && !s:IsCommentOrString(v:lnum, col('.'))
+		" Align end, et cetera with start of block
+		let [lnum, col] = searchpairpos(s:start_pat, '',  '\C' . s:end, 'bW', 's:IsCommentOrString(line("."), col("."))')
+		let result = lnum ? indent(lnum) + shiftwidth() * (s:GetOpenCloseCount(lnum, pair_pat, col) + submatch == 2) : 0
+	else
+		" Count how many blocks the previous line opens/closes
+		" Line continuations/brackets indent once per statement
+		let result = indent(prevlnum) + shiftwidth() * (open - close
+					\ + (b:MATLAB_bracketlevel ? -!curbracketlevel : !!curbracketlevel)
+					\ + (curbracketlevel <= 0) * (above_lc - b:MATLAB_waslc))
+	endif
+
+	let b:MATLAB_waslc = above_lc
+	let b:MATLAB_bracketlevel = curbracketlevel
+	let b:MATLAB_lasttick = b:changedtick
+	let b:MATLAB_lastline = v:lnum
+	return result
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/indent/ruby.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:		Ruby
-" Maintainer:		Nikolai Weibull <now at bitwi.se>
+" Maintainer:		Andrew Radev <andrey.radev@gmail.com>
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now at bitwi.se>
 " URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2019 Jan 06
 
 " 0. Initialization {{{1
 " =================
@@ -18,6 +20,11 @@ if !exists('g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style')
   let g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style = 'normal'
 endif
 
+if !exists('g:ruby_indent_assignment_style')
+  " Possible values: "variable", "hanging"
+  let g:ruby_indent_assignment_style = 'hanging'
+endif
+
 if !exists('g:ruby_indent_block_style')
   " Possible values: "expression", "do"
   let g:ruby_indent_block_style = 'expression'
@@ -42,28 +49,27 @@ set cpo&vim
 " 1. Variables {{{1
 " ============
 
-" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit strings/symbols or are comments.
-let s:syng_strcom = '\<ruby\%(Regexp\|RegexpDelimiter\|RegexpEscape' .
-      \ '\|Symbol\|String\|StringDelimiter\|StringEscape\|ASCIICode' .
-      \ '\|Interpolation\|InterpolationDelimiter\|NoInterpolation\|Comment\|Documentation\)\>'
-
-" Regex of syntax group names that are strings.
+" Syntax group names that are strings.
 let s:syng_string =
-      \ '\<ruby\%(String\|Interpolation\|NoInterpolation\|StringEscape\)\>'
+      \ ['String', 'Interpolation', 'InterpolationDelimiter', 'NoInterpolation', 'StringEscape']
 
-" Regex of syntax group names that are strings or documentation.
-let s:syng_stringdoc =
-      \'\<ruby\%(String\|Interpolation\|NoInterpolation\|StringEscape\|Documentation\)\>'
+" Syntax group names that are strings or documentation.
+let s:syng_stringdoc = s:syng_string + ['Documentation']
+
+" Syntax group names that are or delimit strings/symbols/regexes or are comments.
+let s:syng_strcom = s:syng_stringdoc +
+      \ ['Regexp', 'RegexpDelimiter', 'RegexpEscape',
+      \ 'Symbol', 'StringDelimiter', 'ASCIICode', 'Comment']
 
 " Expression used to check whether we should skip a match with searchpair().
 let s:skip_expr =
-      \ "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),1),'name') =~ '".s:syng_strcom."'"
+      \ 'index(map('.string(s:syng_strcom).',"hlID(''ruby''.v:val)"), synID(line("."),col("."),1)) >= 0'
 
 " Regex used for words that, at the start of a line, add a level of indent.
 let s:ruby_indent_keywords =
       \ '^\s*\zs\<\%(module\|class\|if\|for' .
       \   '\|while\|until\|else\|elsif\|case\|when\|unless\|begin\|ensure\|rescue' .
-      \   '\|\%(public\|protected\|private\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
+      \   '\|\%(\K\k*[!?]\?\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
       \ '\|\%([=,*/%+-]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
       \    '\<\%(if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin\):\@!\>'
 
@@ -77,7 +83,7 @@ let s:ruby_deindent_keywords =
 let s:end_start_regex =
       \ '\C\%(^\s*\|[=,*/%+\-|;{]\|<<\|>>\|:\s\)\s*\zs' .
       \ '\<\%(module\|class\|if\|for\|while\|until\|case\|unless\|begin' .
-      \   '\|\%(public\|protected\|private\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
+      \   '\|\%(\K\k*[!?]\?\)\=\s*def\):\@!\>' .
       \ '\|\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\@<=\<do:\@!\>'
 
 " Regex that defines the middle-match for the 'end' keyword.
@@ -142,31 +148,562 @@ let s:block_continuation_regex = '^\s*[^])}\t ].*'.s:block_regex
 " Regex that describes a leading operator (only a method call's dot for now)
 let s:leading_operator_regex = '^\s*[.]'
 
-" 2. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
+" 2. GetRubyIndent Function {{{1
+" =========================
+
+function! GetRubyIndent(...) abort
+  " 2.1. Setup {{{2
+  " ----------
+
+  let indent_info = {}
+
+  " The value of a single shift-width
+  if exists('*shiftwidth')
+    let indent_info.sw = shiftwidth()
+  else
+    let indent_info.sw = &sw
+  endif
+
+  " For the current line, use the first argument if given, else v:lnum
+  let indent_info.clnum = a:0 ? a:1 : v:lnum
+  let indent_info.cline = getline(indent_info.clnum)
+
+  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use clnum here.
+  let indent_info.col = col('.')
+
+  " 2.2. Work on the current line {{{2
+  " -----------------------------
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:AccessModifier',
+        \ 's:ClosingBracketOnEmptyLine',
+        \ 's:BlockComment',
+        \ 's:DeindentingKeyword',
+        \ 's:MultilineStringOrLineComment',
+        \ 's:ClosingHeredocDelimiter',
+        \ 's:LeadingOperator',
+        \ ]
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " 2.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
+  " -------------------------------
+
+  " Special case: we don't need the real s:PrevNonBlankNonString for an empty
+  " line inside a string. And that call can be quite expensive in that
+  " particular situation.
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:EmptyInsideString',
+        \ ]
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " Previous line number
+  let indent_info.plnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(indent_info.clnum - 1)
+  let indent_info.pline = getline(indent_info.plnum)
+
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:StartOfFile',
+        \ 's:AfterAccessModifier',
+        \ 's:ContinuedLine',
+        \ 's:AfterBlockOpening',
+        \ 's:AfterHangingSplat',
+        \ 's:AfterUnbalancedBracket',
+        \ 's:AfterLeadingOperator',
+        \ 's:AfterEndKeyword',
+        \ 's:AfterIndentKeyword',
+        \ ]
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " 2.4. Work on the MSL line. {{{2
+  " --------------------------
+  let indent_callback_names = [
+        \ 's:PreviousNotMSL',
+        \ 's:IndentingKeywordInMSL',
+        \ 's:ContinuedHangingOperator',
+        \ ]
+
+  " Most Significant line based on the previous one -- in case it's a
+  " contination of something above
+  let indent_info.plnum_msl = s:GetMSL(indent_info.plnum)
+
+  for callback_name in indent_callback_names
+"    Decho "Running: ".callback_name
+    let indent = call(function(callback_name), [indent_info])
+
+    if indent >= 0
+"      Decho "Match: ".callback_name." indent=".indent." info=".string(indent_info)
+      return indent
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " }}}2
+
+  " By default, just return the previous line's indent
+"  Decho "Default case matched"
+  return indent(indent_info.plnum)
+endfunction
+
+" 3. Indenting Logic Callbacks {{{1
+" ============================
+
+function! s:AccessModifier(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If this line is an access modifier keyword, align according to the closest
+  " class declaration.
+  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
+    if s:Match(info.clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
+      let class_lnum = s:FindContainingClass()
+      if class_lnum > 0
+        return indent(class_lnum) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
+    if s:Match(info.clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
+      let class_lnum = s:FindContainingClass()
+      if class_lnum > 0
+        return indent(class_lnum)
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:ClosingBracketOnEmptyLine(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
+  " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
+  " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
+  let col = matchend(info.cline, '^\s*[]})]')
+
+  if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(info.clnum, col)
+    call cursor(info.clnum, col)
+    let closing_bracket = info.cline[col - 1]
+    let bracket_pair = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', closing_bracket) * 2, 2)
+
+    if searchpair(escape(bracket_pair[0], '\['), '', bracket_pair[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+      if closing_bracket == ')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
+        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
+        let ind = indent(line('.'))
+      else " g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'expression'
+        let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:BlockComment(cline_info) abort
+  " If we have a =begin or =end set indent to first column.
+  if match(a:cline_info.cline, '^\s*\%(=begin\|=end\)$') != -1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:DeindentingKeyword(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we have a deindenting keyword, find its match and indent to its level.
+  " TODO: this is messy
+  if s:Match(info.clnum, s:ruby_deindent_keywords)
+    call cursor(info.clnum, 1)
+
+    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+      let msl  = s:GetMSL(line('.'))
+      let line = getline(line('.'))
+
+      if s:IsAssignment(line, col('.')) &&
+            \ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
+        " assignment to case/begin/etc, on the same line
+        if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+          " hanging indent
+          let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
+        else
+          " align with variable
+          let ind = indent(line('.'))
+        endif
+      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
+        " align to line of the "do", not to the MSL
+        let ind = indent(line('.'))
+      elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
+        " in the case of assignment to the MSL, align to the starting line,
+        " not to the MSL
+        let ind = indent(line('.'))
+      else
+        " align to the MSL
+        let ind = indent(msl)
+      endif
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:MultilineStringOrLineComment(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything to it.
+  if s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(info.clnum, matchend(info.cline, '^\s*') + 1)
+    return indent(info.clnum)
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:ClosingHeredocDelimiter(cline_info) abort
+  let info = a:cline_info
+
+  " If we are at the closing delimiter of a "<<" heredoc-style string, set the
+  " indent to 0.
+  if info.cline =~ '^\k\+\s*$'
+        \ && s:IsInStringDelimiter(info.clnum, 1)
+        \ && search('\V<<'.info.cline, 'nbW') > 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:LeadingOperator(cline_info) abort
+  " If the current line starts with a leading operator, add a level of indent.
+  if s:Match(a:cline_info.clnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
+    return indent(s:GetMSL(a:cline_info.clnum)) + a:cline_info.sw
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:EmptyInsideString(pline_info) abort
+  " If the line is empty and inside a string (the previous line is a string,
+  " too), use the previous line's indent
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  let plnum = prevnonblank(info.clnum - 1)
+  let pline = getline(plnum)
+
+  if info.cline =~ '^\s*$'
+        \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(plnum, 1)
+        \ && s:IsInStringOrComment(plnum, strlen(pline))
+    return indent(plnum)
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:StartOfFile(pline_info) abort
+  " At the start of the file use zero indent.
+  if a:pline_info.plnum == 0
+    return 0
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterAccessModifier(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
+    " If the previous line was a private/protected keyword, add a
+    " level of indent.
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:indent_access_modifier_regex)
+      return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+    endif
+  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
+    " If the previous line was a private/protected/public keyword, add
+    " a level of indent, since the keyword has been out-dented.
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
+      return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+    endif
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+" Example:
+"
+"   if foo || bar ||
+"       baz || bing
+"     puts "foo"
+"   end
+"
+function! s:ContinuedLine(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+  if s:Match(info.plnum, s:continuable_regex) &&
+        \ s:Match(info.plnum, s:continuation_regex)
+    if col > 0 && s:IsAssignment(info.pline, col)
+      if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+        " hanging indent
+        let ind = col - 1
+      else
+        " align with variable
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum)
+      endif
+    else
+      let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(info.plnum))
+    endif
+    return ind + info.sw + info.sw
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterBlockOpening(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
+  if s:Match(info.plnum, s:block_regex)
+    if g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
+      " don't align to the msl, align to the "do"
+      let ind = indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+    else
+      let plnum_msl = s:GetMSL(info.plnum)
+
+      if getline(plnum_msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
+        " in the case of assignment to the msl, align to the starting line,
+        " not to the msl
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+      else
+        let ind = indent(plnum_msl) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterLeadingOperator(pline_info) abort
+  " If the previous line started with a leading operator, use its MSL's level
+  " of indent
+  if s:Match(a:pline_info.plnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
+    return indent(s:GetMSL(a:pline_info.plnum))
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterHangingSplat(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  " If the previous line ended with the "*" of a splat, add a level of indent
+  if info.pline =~ s:splat_regex
+    return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterUnbalancedBracket(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+
+  " If the previous line contained unclosed opening brackets and we are still
+  " in them, find the rightmost one and add indent depending on the bracket
+  " type.
+  "
+  " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
+  " match and indent according to that.
+  if info.pline =~ '[[({]' || info.pline =~ '[])}]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+    let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(info.plnum)
+
+    if opening.pos != -1
+      if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
+        if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
+          return indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+        else
+          return virtcol('.')
+        endif
+      else
+        let nonspace = matchend(info.pline, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
+        return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+      endif
+    elseif closing.pos != -1
+      call cursor(info.plnum, closing.pos + 1)
+      normal! %
+
+      if s:Match(line('.'), s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+        return indent('.') + info.sw
+      else
+        return indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
+      endif
+    else
+      call cursor(info.clnum, info.col)
+    end
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterEndKeyword(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+  " If the previous line ended with an "end", match that "end"s beginning's
+  " indent.
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum, '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\<end\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$')
+  if col > 0
+    call cursor(info.plnum, col)
+    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, '', s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
+          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
+      let n = line('.')
+      let ind = indent('.')
+      let msl = s:GetMSL(n)
+      if msl != n
+        let ind = indent(msl)
+      end
+      return ind
+    endif
+  end
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:AfterIndentKeyword(pline_info) abort
+  let info = a:pline_info
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+
+  if col > 0
+    call cursor(info.plnum, col)
+    let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + info.sw
+    " TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
+    " fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
+    " level
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:end_end_regex)
+      let ind = indent('.')
+    elseif s:IsAssignment(info.pline, col)
+      if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+        " hanging indent
+        let ind = col + info.sw - 1
+      else
+        " align with variable
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:PreviousNotMSL(msl_info) abort
+  let info = a:msl_info
+
+  " If the previous line wasn't a MSL
+  if info.plnum != info.plnum_msl
+    " If previous line ends bracket and begins non-bracket continuation decrease indent by 1.
+    if s:Match(info.plnum, s:bracket_switch_continuation_regex)
+      " TODO (2016-10-07) Wrong/unused? How could it be "1"?
+      return indent(info.plnum) - 1
+      " If previous line is a continuation return its indent.
+      " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
+    elseif s:Match(info.plnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(info.plnum, strlen(line))
+      return indent(info.plnum)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:IndentingKeywordInMSL(msl_info) abort
+  let info = a:msl_info
+  " If the MSL line had an indenting keyword in it, add a level of indent.
+  " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
+  " module Foo; class Bar; end
+  let col = s:Match(info.plnum_msl, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
+  if col > 0
+    let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl) + info.sw
+    if s:Match(info.plnum_msl, s:end_end_regex)
+      let ind = ind - info.sw
+    elseif s:IsAssignment(getline(info.plnum_msl), col)
+      if g:ruby_indent_assignment_style == 'hanging'
+        " hanging indent
+        let ind = col + info.sw - 1
+      else
+        " align with variable
+        let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl) + info.sw
+      endif
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:ContinuedHangingOperator(msl_info) abort
+  let info = a:msl_info
+
+  " If the previous line ended with [*+/.,-=], but wasn't a block ending or a
+  " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
+  if s:Match(info.plnum_msl, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(info.plnum_msl, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
+    if info.plnum_msl == info.plnum
+      let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl) + info.sw
+    else
+      let ind = indent(info.plnum_msl)
+    endif
+    return ind
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+endfunction
+
+" 4. Auxiliary Functions {{{1
 " ======================
 
+function! s:IsInRubyGroup(groups, lnum, col) abort
+  let ids = map(copy(a:groups), 'hlID("ruby".v:val)')
+  return index(ids, synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1)) >= 0
+endfunction
+
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string, comment, or is ascii.
-function s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_strcom
+function! s:IsInStringOrComment(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(s:syng_strcom, a:lnum, a:col)
 endfunction
 
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string.
-function s:IsInString(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_string
+function! s:IsInString(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(s:syng_string, a:lnum, a:col)
 endfunction
 
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string or documentation.
-function s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') =~ s:syng_stringdoc
+function! s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(s:syng_stringdoc, a:lnum, a:col)
 endfunction
 
 " Check if the character at lnum:col is inside a string delimiter
-function s:IsInStringDelimiter(lnum, col)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, a:col, 1), 'name') == 'rubyStringDelimiter'
+function! s:IsInStringDelimiter(lnum, col) abort
+  return s:IsInRubyGroup(['StringDelimiter'], a:lnum, a:col)
+endfunction
+
+function! s:IsAssignment(str, pos) abort
+  return strpart(a:str, 0, a:pos - 1) =~ '=\s*$'
 endfunction
 
 " Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty, in a comment, or in a string.
-function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
+function! s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum) abort
   let in_block = 0
   let lnum = prevnonblank(a:lnum)
   while lnum > 0
@@ -191,10 +728,9 @@ function s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum)
 endfunction
 
 " Find line above 'lnum' that started the continuation 'lnum' may be part of.
-function s:GetMSL(lnum)
+function! s:GetMSL(lnum) abort
   " Start on the line we're at and use its indent.
   let msl = a:lnum
-  let msl_body = getline(msl)
   let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(a:lnum - 1)
   while lnum > 0
     " If we have a continuation line, or we're in a string, use line as MSL.
@@ -291,14 +827,13 @@ function s:GetMSL(lnum)
       endif
     endif
 
-    let msl_body = getline(msl)
     let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(lnum - 1)
   endwhile
   return msl
 endfunction
 
 " Check if line 'lnum' has more opening brackets than closing ones.
-function s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
+function! s:ExtraBrackets(lnum) abort
   let opening = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
   let closing = {'parentheses': [], 'braces': [], 'brackets': []}
 
@@ -360,7 +895,7 @@ function s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
   return [rightmost_opening, rightmost_closing]
 endfunction
 
-function s:Match(lnum, regex)
+function! s:Match(lnum, regex) abort
   let line   = getline(a:lnum)
   let offset = match(line, '\C'.a:regex)
   let col    = offset + 1
@@ -380,7 +915,7 @@ endfunction
 " Locates the containing class/module's definition line, ignoring nested classes
 " along the way.
 "
-function! s:FindContainingClass()
+function! s:FindContainingClass() abort
   let saved_position = getpos('.')
 
   while searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
@@ -396,297 +931,6 @@ function! s:FindContainingClass()
   return 0
 endfunction
 
-" 3. GetRubyIndent Function {{{1
-" =========================
-
-function GetRubyIndent(...)
-  " 3.1. Setup {{{2
-  " ----------
-
-  " The value of a single shift-width
-  let sw = shiftwidth()
-
-  " For the current line, use the first argument if given, else v:lnum
-  let clnum = a:0 ? a:1 : v:lnum
-
-  " Set up variables for restoring position in file.  Could use clnum here.
-  let vcol = col('.')
-
-  " 3.2. Work on the current line {{{2
-  " -----------------------------
-
-  " Get the current line.
-  let line = getline(clnum)
-  let ind = -1
-
-  " If this line is an access modifier keyword, align according to the closest
-  " class declaration.
-  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
-    if s:Match(clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
-      let class_line = s:FindContainingClass()
-      if class_line > 0
-        return indent(class_line) + sw
-      endif
-    endif
-  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
-    if s:Match(clnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
-      let class_line = s:FindContainingClass()
-      if class_line > 0
-        return indent(class_line)
-      endif
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " If we got a closing bracket on an empty line, find its match and indent
-  " according to it.  For parentheses we indent to its column - 1, for the
-  " others we indent to the containing line's MSL's level.  Return -1 if fail.
-  let col = matchend(line, '^\s*[]})]')
-  if col > 0 && !s:IsInStringOrComment(clnum, col)
-    call cursor(clnum, col)
-    let bs = strpart('(){}[]', stridx(')}]', line[col - 1]) * 2, 2)
-    if searchpair(escape(bs[0], '\['), '', bs[1], 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
-      if line[col-1]==')' && col('.') != col('$') - 1
-        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
-      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
-        let ind = indent(line('.'))
-      else " g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'expression'
-        let ind = indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
-      endif
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If we have a =begin or =end set indent to first column.
-  if match(line, '^\s*\%(=begin\|=end\)$') != -1
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  " If we have a deindenting keyword, find its match and indent to its level.
-  " TODO: this is messy
-  if s:Match(clnum, s:ruby_deindent_keywords)
-    call cursor(clnum, 1)
-    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, s:end_middle_regex, s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
-          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
-      let msl  = s:GetMSL(line('.'))
-      let line = getline(line('.'))
-
-      if strpart(line, 0, col('.') - 1) =~ '=\s*$' &&
-            \ strpart(line, col('.') - 1, 2) !~ 'do'
-        " assignment to case/begin/etc, on the same line, hanging indent
-        let ind = virtcol('.') - 1
-      elseif g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
-        " align to line of the "do", not to the MSL
-        let ind = indent(line('.'))
-      elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
-        " in the case of assignment to the MSL, align to the starting line,
-        " not to the MSL
-        let ind = indent(line('.'))
-      else
-        " align to the MSL
-        let ind = indent(msl)
-      endif
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If we are in a multi-line string or line-comment, don't do anything to it.
-  if s:IsInStringOrDocumentation(clnum, matchend(line, '^\s*') + 1)
-    return indent('.')
-  endif
-
-  " If we are at the closing delimiter of a "<<" heredoc-style string, set the
-  " indent to 0.
-  if line =~ '^\k\+\s*$'
-        \ && s:IsInStringDelimiter(clnum, 1)
-        \ && search('\V<<'.line, 'nbW') > 0
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  " If the current line starts with a leading operator, add a level of indent.
-  if s:Match(clnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
-    return indent(s:GetMSL(clnum)) + sw
-  endif
-
-  " 3.3. Work on the previous line. {{{2
-  " -------------------------------
-
-  " Find a non-blank, non-multi-line string line above the current line.
-  let lnum = s:PrevNonBlankNonString(clnum - 1)
-
-  " If the line is empty and inside a string, use the previous line.
-  if line =~ '^\s*$' && lnum != prevnonblank(clnum - 1)
-    return indent(prevnonblank(clnum))
-  endif
-
-  " At the start of the file use zero indent.
-  if lnum == 0
-    return 0
-  endif
-
-  " Set up variables for the previous line.
-  let line = getline(lnum)
-  let ind = indent(lnum)
-
-  if g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'indent'
-    " If the previous line was a private/protected keyword, add a
-    " level of indent.
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:indent_access_modifier_regex)
-      return indent(lnum) + sw
-    endif
-  elseif g:ruby_indent_access_modifier_style == 'outdent'
-    " If the previous line was a private/protected/public keyword, add
-    " a level of indent, since the keyword has been out-dented.
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:access_modifier_regex)
-      return indent(lnum) + sw
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:continuable_regex) && s:Match(lnum, s:continuation_regex)
-    return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum)) + sw + sw
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with a block opening, add a level of indent.
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:block_regex)
-    let msl = s:GetMSL(lnum)
-
-    if g:ruby_indent_block_style == 'do'
-      " don't align to the msl, align to the "do"
-      let ind = indent(lnum) + sw
-    elseif getline(msl) =~ '=\s*\(#.*\)\=$'
-      " in the case of assignment to the msl, align to the starting line,
-      " not to the msl
-      let ind = indent(lnum) + sw
-    else
-      let ind = indent(msl) + sw
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line started with a leading operator, use its MSL's level
-  " of indent
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:leading_operator_regex)
-    return indent(s:GetMSL(lnum))
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with the "*" of a splat, add a level of indent
-  if line =~ s:splat_regex
-    return indent(lnum) + sw
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line contained unclosed opening brackets and we are still
-  " in them, find the rightmost one and add indent depending on the bracket
-  " type.
-  "
-  " If it contained hanging closing brackets, find the rightmost one, find its
-  " match and indent according to that.
-  if line =~ '[[({]' || line =~ '[])}]\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
-    let [opening, closing] = s:ExtraBrackets(lnum)
-
-    if opening.pos != -1
-      if opening.type == '(' && searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr) > 0
-        if col('.') + 1 == col('$')
-          return ind + sw
-        else
-          return virtcol('.')
-        endif
-      else
-        let nonspace = matchend(line, '\S', opening.pos + 1) - 1
-        return nonspace > 0 ? nonspace : ind + sw
-      endif
-    elseif closing.pos != -1
-      call cursor(lnum, closing.pos + 1)
-      normal! %
-
-      if s:Match(line('.'), s:ruby_indent_keywords)
-        return indent('.') + sw
-      else
-        return indent(s:GetMSL(line('.')))
-      endif
-    else
-      call cursor(clnum, vcol)
-    end
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with an "end", match that "end"s beginning's
-  " indent.
-  let col = s:Match(lnum, '\%(^\|[^.:@$]\)\<end\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$')
-  if col > 0
-    call cursor(lnum, col)
-    if searchpair(s:end_start_regex, '', s:end_end_regex, 'bW',
-          \ s:end_skip_expr) > 0
-      let n = line('.')
-      let ind = indent('.')
-      let msl = s:GetMSL(n)
-      if msl != n
-        let ind = indent(msl)
-      end
-      return ind
-    endif
-  end
-
-  let col = s:Match(lnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
-  if col > 0
-    call cursor(lnum, col)
-    let ind = virtcol('.') - 1 + sw
-    " TODO: make this better (we need to count them) (or, if a searchpair
-    " fails, we know that something is lacking an end and thus we indent a
-    " level
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
-      let ind = indent('.')
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " 3.4. Work on the MSL line. {{{2
-  " --------------------------
-
-  " Set up variables to use and search for MSL to the previous line.
-  let p_lnum = lnum
-  let lnum = s:GetMSL(lnum)
-
-  " If the previous line wasn't a MSL.
-  if p_lnum != lnum
-    " If previous line ends bracket and begins non-bracket continuation decrease indent by 1.
-    if s:Match(p_lnum, s:bracket_switch_continuation_regex)
-      return ind - 1
-    " If previous line is a continuation return its indent.
-    " TODO: the || s:IsInString() thing worries me a bit.
-    elseif s:Match(p_lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) || s:IsInString(p_lnum,strlen(line))
-      return ind
-    endif
-  endif
-
-  " Set up more variables, now that we know we wasn't continuation bound.
-  let line = getline(lnum)
-  let msl_ind = indent(lnum)
-
-  " If the MSL line had an indenting keyword in it, add a level of indent.
-  " TODO: this does not take into account contrived things such as
-  " module Foo; class Bar; end
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:ruby_indent_keywords)
-    let ind = msl_ind + sw
-    if s:Match(lnum, s:end_end_regex)
-      let ind = ind - sw
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " If the previous line ended with [*+/.,-=], but wasn't a block ending or a
-  " closing bracket, indent one extra level.
-  if s:Match(lnum, s:non_bracket_continuation_regex) && !s:Match(lnum, '^\s*\([\])}]\|end\)')
-    if lnum == p_lnum
-      let ind = msl_ind + sw
-    else
-      let ind = msl_ind
-    endif
-    return ind
-  endif
-
-  " }}}2
-
-  return ind
-endfunction
-
 " }}}1
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
-" Latest Revision:     2018-03-26
+" Latest Revision:     2019-02-02
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20190201  - Better check for closing if sections
 "          20180724  - make check for zsh syntax more rigid (needs word-boundaries)
 "          20180326  - better support for line continuation
 "          20180325  - better detection of function definitions
@@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ function! s:indent_value(option)
 endfunction
 
 function! GetShIndent()
+  let curline = getline(v:lnum)
   let lnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
   if lnum == 0
     return 0
@@ -72,7 +74,7 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   " Check contents of previous lines
   if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>' ||
         \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
-    if line !~ '\<\%(fi\|esac\|done\|end\)\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+    if !s:is_end_expression(line)
       let ind += s:indent_value('default')
     endif
   elseif s:is_case_label(line, pnum)
@@ -90,7 +92,10 @@ function! GetShIndent()
     endif
   elseif s:end_block(line) && !s:start_block(line)
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
-  elseif pnum != 0 && s:is_continuation_line(pline) && !s:end_block(getline(v:lnum))
+  elseif pnum != 0 &&
+        \ s:is_continuation_line(pline) &&
+        \ !s:end_block(curline) &&
+        \ !s:is_end_expression(curline)
     " only add indent, if line and pline is in the same block
     let i = v:lnum
     let ind2 = indent(s:find_continued_lnum(pnum))
@@ -106,8 +111,15 @@ function! GetShIndent()
 
   let pine = line
   " Check content of current line
-  let line = getline(v:lnum)
-  if line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|fi\|done\|end\)\>' || s:end_block(line)
+  let line = curline
+  " Current line is a endif line, so get indent from start of "if condition" line
+  " TODO: should we do the same for other "end" lines?
+  if curline =~ '^\s*\%(fi\)\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+    let previous_line = search('if.\{-\};\s*then\s*\%(#.*\)\=$', 'bnW')
+    if previous_line > 0
+      let ind = indent(previous_line)
+    endif
+  elseif line =~ '^\s*\%(then\|do\|else\|elif\|done\|end\)\>' || s:end_block(line)
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
   elseif line =~ '^\s*esac\>' && s:is_case_empty(getline(v:lnum - 1))
     let ind -= s:indent_value('default')
@@ -210,8 +222,8 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:is_here_doc(line)
     if a:line =~ '^\w\+$'
-	let here_pat = '<<-\?'. s:escape(a:line). '\$'
-	return search(here_pat, 'bnW') > 0
+      let here_pat = '<<-\?'. s:escape(a:line). '\$'
+      return search(here_pat, 'bnW') > 0
     endif
     return 0
 endfunction
@@ -256,5 +268,9 @@ function! s:is_comment(line)
   return a:line =~ '^\s*#'
 endfunction
 
+function! s:is_end_expression(line)
+  return a:line =~ '\<\%(fi\|esac\|done\|end\)\>\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
+endfunction
+
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/tcl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Language:	    Tcl
-" Maintainer:	    Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:  2006-12-20
+" Language:	    	Tcl
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Update:  	Chris Heithoff <chrisheithoff@gmail.com>
+" Latest Revision:  	2018-12-05
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -28,6 +29,15 @@ function s:prevnonblanknoncomment(lnum)
   return lnum
 endfunction
 
+function s:ends_with_backslash(lnum)
+  let line = getline(a:lnum)
+  if line =~ '\\\s*$'
+    return 1
+  else
+    return 0
+  endif
+endfunction 
+
 function s:count_braces(lnum, count_open)
   let n_open = 0
   let n_close = 0
@@ -53,23 +63,39 @@ endfunction
 
 function GetTclIndent()
   let line = getline(v:lnum)
-  if line =~ '^\s*\*'
-    return cindent(v:lnum)
-  elseif line =~ '^\s*}'
-    return indent(v:lnum) - shiftwidth()
-  endif
 
+  " Get the line number of the previous non-blank or non-comment line.
   let pnum = s:prevnonblanknoncomment(v:lnum - 1)
   if pnum == 0
     return 0
   endif
 
-  let ind = indent(pnum) + s:count_braces(pnum, 1) * shiftwidth()
+  " ..and the previous line before the previous line.
+  let pnum2 = s:prevnonblanknoncomment(pnum-1)
 
-  let pline = getline(pnum)
-  if pline =~ '}\s*$'
-    let ind -= (s:count_braces(pnum, 0) - (pline =~ '^\s*}' ? 1 : 0)) * shiftwidth()
+  " Default indentation is to preserve the previous indentation.
+  let ind = indent(pnum)
+ 
+  " ...but if previous line introduces an open brace, then increase current line's indentation
+  if s:count_braces(pnum, 1) > 0
+    let ind += shiftwidth()
+  else
+    " Look for backslash line continuation on the previous two lines.
+    let slash1 = s:ends_with_backslash(pnum)
+    let slash2 = s:ends_with_backslash(pnum2)
+    if slash1 && !slash2
+      " If the previous line begins a line continuation.
+      let ind += shiftwidth()
+    elseif !slash1 && slash2
+      " If two lines ago was the end of a line continuation group of lines.
+      let ind -= shiftwidth()
+    endif
   endif
 
+  " If the current line begins with a closed brace, then decrease the indentation by one.
+  if line =~ '^\s*}'
+    let ind -= shiftwidth()
+  endif
+  
   return ind
 endfunction

runtime/indent/testdir/cleantest.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,11 @@
-" Deletes all the test output files: *.fail and *.out
-for fname in glob('testdir/*.out', 1, 1) + glob('testdir/*.fail', 1, 1)
-  call delete(fname)
-endfor
+" Only do this with the +eval feature
+if 1
+
+  " Deletes all the test output files: *.fail and *.out
+  for fname in glob('testdir/*.out', 1, 1) + glob('testdir/*.fail', 1, 1)
+    call delete(fname)
+  endfor
+
+endif
 
 quit